SONOS - Ultrasound - System - Peripherals - Service - Manual PRINTED

About This Manual
77030-90700-03
Peripherals Service Manual
SONOS Ultrasound System
All rights reserved

June 2003
Audience This manual supports the field service maintenance and repair of
peripherals for the SONOS Ultrasound Imaging Systems. The
Copyright © 2003 by Philips Medical Systems

user of this document is a qualified ultrasound electronics techni-
cian who has completed training classes on the system and its
peripherals.
Manual Format This manual is in Portable Document Format (PDF), for viewing
on a laptop-computer with Acrobat Reader. A list of bookmarks
functions as an additional table of contents. Those bookmarks,
the table of contents, and cross-references use hypertext links to
provide access to the referenced information.
This revision contains the following chapters:
Introduction
77510A: Kowa 77530A/35A: UP3000
77530B/35B: UP1850 77530D: UP2950
77530E: UP21MD/SYN 77550A/55A: UP5000
77550B: UP5200 77550C/55C: UP5600
77550D: UP51MDU 77560A/65A: UP870/860
77560B: UP890 77560C: UP895MD
77570A/B: Mitsubishi 77580A/85A: UP910
77580B: UP960 77613A/23A: AG-7350
77615A/25A: AG-MD830 77616A/26A/17A/27A MD835
Appendix A: Systems Information
Appendix B: Installation Drawings
77030-90700-03 SONOS Ultrasound System Peripherals Service Manual Page 2
Conventions in The following conventions are used in this manual:

This Manual • Hypertext links are blue.
• All procedures are numbered. You must complete steps in the sequence they are pre-
sented to ensure reliable results.
• Bulleted lists indicate general information about a function or procedure. They do not
imply a sequential procedure.
• Control names are spelled and capitalized in the manual as they are on the system.
• Menu items or titles appearing on the display are spelled and capitalized in the man-
ual as they are on the display.
• Scanheads and pencil probes both are referred to as scanheads, unless the distinc-
tion is important.
• An English system is assumed.
Service Manual If you have questions about the service manual, or you discover an error in the manual,
Questions contact Philips Learing Products Department:
or Comments Philips Ultrasound
3000 Minuteman 01810-1099 USA
ATTN: Learning Products
(978) 687-1501
www.medical.philips.com
Customer Various support locations around the world can provide customers with technical assis-
Assistance tance regarding the ultrasound system. Customers should contact the sales office where
they purchased the system or the nearest Philips Ultrasound office. Office addresses
and telephone numbers are in the system user documentation.
Philips Ultrasound
22100 Bothell Everett HW
Bothell, WA 98021
USA
(425) 487-7000 or (800) 433-3246
Philips Ultrasound
3000 Minuteman Road
Andover, MA 01810-1099 USA
(978) 687-1501
Add registeredm trademarks here are registered trademarks of Philips Medical Systems.
Add non-registered trademarks here are trademarks of Philips Medical Systems.
Non-Philips Medical Systems product names may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
© 2003 Philips Electronics WARNING The cautions explain potential Important

North America Corporation damage to equipment.
Electrical Shock Hazard Caution Symbol Used in the
All rights are reserved. 0123 marking is for
Do not remove system covers. Text: Council Directive
Reproduction in whole or in
To avoid electrical shock, use 93/42/EEC.
part is prohibited without the
prior written consent of the
only supplied power cords and CAUTION
connect only to properly This system complies with the
copyright holder.
grounded (3-hole) wall outlets. Medical Device Directive.
Publication number Explosion Hazard Symbols on the System
Authorized EU
77030-90700-03 Do not operate the system in the Warning symbols, as well as Representative:
presence of flammable other symbols appearing on the
Edition 3 Philips Medical Systems
anesthetics. system or its probes:
Published: June 2003 Nederland B.V.
Printed in U.S.A. Safety Information This symbol on the Corporate Quality and
Before you use any transducer ! system advises Regulatory Group
Warranty operators to consult Veenpluis 4
for the first time, be sure to read
the user documentation for that 5684 PC Best,
The information contained in all applicable usage,
part of the system. The Netherlands
this document is subject to patient-safety, operator-safety,
[email protected]
change without notice. and electrical-safety guidelines
in the Safety-and-Standards and This symbol on the
Philips Ultrasound makes no Transducer documentation for system indicates a
warranty of any kind with re- your system. potential for
gard to this material, including, electrical shock.
but not limited to, the implied Pay special attention to the
warranties of merchantability Warnings and Cautions. Monitor Radiation
and fitness for a particular pur- The warnings explain the The monitor used in this
pose. dangers of electrical shock and system complies with the FDA
Philips Ultrasound shall not be explosion hazard, the safety of regulations that were
liable for errors contained ultrasound, applications, applicable at the date of
herein or for incidental or guidelines for fetal use, and manufacture (21 CFR
consequential damages in guidelines for setting controls Subcategory J).
connection with the furnishing, that affect acoustic output and
performance, or use of this accuracy of clinical Prescription Device
material. measurements.
The United States Food and
Warning Symbol Used in the Drug Administration requires
Trademarks Philips Ultrasound
Text: the following labeling 3000 Minuteman Road
Cannon is a registered statement:
Andover, MA 01810-1099
trademark of Cannon WARNING Caution - Federal Law restricts USA
Corporation. this device to use by or on the 978 687 1501
order of a physician. www.medical.philips.com
77030-90700-03 SONOS Ultrasound Imaging Systems Peripherals Service Manual Page 5
Introduction:
1 Introduction
This Peripherals Service Manual is a reference guide for Philips Ultrasound Customer
Engineers, to be used in the field when troubleshooting ultrasound system peripherals. It
is intended only as a supplement to system service manuals. It contains only what the
Customer Engineer needs for on site troubleshooting and repair. Customer Engineering
knowledge, training and familiarity with each particular ultrasound system is assumed.
This book contains one chapter for each peripheral. Each chapter contains all the infor-
mation that is specific to that peripheral. This information is presented in easy to read
tables and lists. When troubleshooting any particular peripheral, the CE will find all the
information needed in that peripheral’s chapter.
Appendices contain more general information: installation pictures for each type of
peripheral, system settings for each type of peripheral, and blank panels for each sys-
tem. A master compatibility chart showing which peripherals are compatible with which
systems is also included in the appendices.
Each chapter of this manual is dedicated to one peripheral. Each chapter begins with a
“Quick Page” containing the information required to solve most problems. This page is
followed by a table of contents for the rest of the chapter. The rest of the chapter is
divided into two sections: Peripheral Specific Information and System Specific Informa-
tion. Peripheral specific information includes supplies, repair parts, part replacement pro-
cedures, peripheral switch and menu settings, error handling, troubleshooting, and
preventive maintenance. System specific information visits each compatible ultrasound
system in turn, providing system settings, cabling, and installation parts for each system
as they apply to the chapter’s peripheral. A compatibility list of which systems are com-
patible with the peripheral introduces this section.
Introduction:
All chapters follow the same outline. This standard outline is presented on the next page.
This document is available on MOTHER. The files can be read on OmniBooks using
Adobe Acrobat Reader (this reader is included with the latest version of Netscape Navi-
gator). To activate the reader, simply double click on any ".pdf file" and the reader will
start and open the file.
Introduction:
Information provided in each chapter follows a standard outline:
Quick Page
Streamlined information to solve most service problems: supply parts, crucial switch and
menu settings (for the peripheral), system settings, cabling part numbers.
Table of Contents
Peripheral Specific Information
Information that is the same no matter what ultrasound system into which the peripheral
is installed. This includes:
• Identification info:
Philips Ultrasound part numbers, manufacturer name, phone number and part num-
bers, description, NTSC or PAL format where applicable
• Documentation part numbers
• Accessories & Supplies
• Repair Parts
• Common part replacement procedures
• Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings
• Error Handling
Internal test procedures and error codes
• Troubleshooting and Tips
• Preventive Maintenance Procedures
Introduction:
System Specific Information:

Information particular to the ultrasound system into which the peripheral is installed. This
includes:
• Compatibility List
Shows with which systems this peripheral is compatible
• System Settings, Cabling, and Installation Parts for peripherals that are compatible
with the following systems:
- SONOS 100/200/IVUS
- SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling
- SONOS 2000/2500 System Settings for this peripheral
- SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx
- SONOS 4500/5500/7500
77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder: Quick Page
2 77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder

Quick Page Supplies
Imaging Paper, 4 Rolls: 40479A Thermal Head: DAB4506G-KWA
Crucial Kowa Switch and Menu Settings
Back Panel Switches:

Voltage Setting: 120V or 240V
T (Test) Switch:
N = No Test (Normal Operation)
Y = Test (then press the paper advance button)
Front Panel Controls:
Speed: Displayed on LCD during normal operation. Cannot be changed on Kowa, must be
changed on SONOS. See System Settings.
Configuration Mode:
To view or change: Hold period key while applying power. Enter value for blinking digit. Press
arrow key for next digit. Press period key to save and exit configuration mode.
Configuration Code: P - XXX:
For SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR, NTSC systems: P-011
For SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR, PAL systems: P-022
For SONOS 2000/2500 or SONOS 5500: P-013 (Both NTSC and PAL systems.)
System Settings for Kowa

Board Applicable Systems Switch # and Setting
Controller Processor SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR 3: OPEN, 6: CLOSED
Kowa speed is set as follows:

for SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR: SONOS Speed toggle switch: 1=25mm/sec, 2=50,
3=100
for SONOS 2000/2500 or 5500: SONOS Stripchart Tests menu in RST.
Select stripchart as target for various image types with SETUP in SONOS 2000/2500 or
5500.
Signal Cabling Part Numbers

#s for Bench
System Cable # and Function Mounting Connection Comments
SONOS 500/ 77020-60130: Stripchart 77020-60110 & From Controller Mother
1000/1500/ Signals 77500-61130 Board J9 port to Kowa: (AXIS
OR wire not connected).
77100-64320: Time Motion (Same as at From STRIPCHART port;
Signals left.) CONTROLLER wire to J18
port on Controller Mother
Board, single wire to TIME
MOTION port on M-Mode
Cable Bracket.
77120-60500: M-Mode Signals (Same as at From Time Motion cable to J1
(Includes bracket and cable.) left.) TM port on top of Analog I/O
board.
SONOS 77921-64290: Stripchart 77921-64400 & From STRIP CHART &
2000/2500 Signals 77500-61130 STRIP RN CTRL ports to
Kowa.
SONOS 5500 77922-64010: Stripchart 77922-64090 & From STRIP CHART port
Signals 77500-61130 to Kowa.
77922-64060: Speed From STRIP RN CTRL port
to Kowa’s RN CTRL port.
NOTE There are no connections to the Kowa’s B and PG/PNT ports.

77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder: Table of Contents for 77510A Kowa Strip Chart Recorder
Table of Peripheral Specific Information for 77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder

Contents for Identifying Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
77510A Kowa Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Strip Chart
Thermal Head Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Recorder
Removal of Jammed Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Troubleshooting & Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Preventive Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
System Specific Information for 77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder
Compatibility List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR System Settings for Kowa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Installation Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
SONOS 2000/2500 System Settings for Kowa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SONOS 2000/2500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SONOS 2000/2500 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
SONOS 5500 System Settings for Kowa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SONOS 5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
SONOS 5500 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder: Peripheral Specific Information for 77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder
Peripheral Identifying Information

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77510A
mation for Exchange Part #: N/A
Description: B/W Strip Chart Recorder
77510A Kowa Manufacturer Model #: TLR-111
Stripchart Manufacturer Name: Kowa
Recorder Manufacturer U.S. Phone #: 1-800-966-5692 or 1-310-327-1913
Manufacturer Service Manual: Kowa TLR-111 Order from Kowa.
Accessories & Supplies

Imaging Paper, 4 Rolls:40479A (Kowa number: KRP10-002A)
Load paper with edge on top of roll, pointing out the front of the Kowa.
NOTE Bench mounted Kowas require feet to clear a tab on the paper door. Without the feet,
the paper door will not stay closed. Feet are also required for proper ventilation
through vents on the bottom of the Kowa. Kowa feet are not sold separately. Rubber
pads (listed in Installation Parts for each system) should be used instead to raise the
Kowa at least 1/2” off the surface of the bench.
Figure 2-1 Paper Loading Instructions
1001E138
Repair Parts
Thermal Head: DAB4506G-KWA
Belt for DC Motor: MM80-6-4-KWA
Belt for Rollers: MM106-6-4-KWA
Belt for Stepper Motor: MM90-6-4-KWA
Board, Control (exchange): 77510-60018
Board, Front Panel: IPFZ14621-KWA
Board, MI/F (exchange): 77510-60028
Board, Mother Board & Cables: IPFZ15010-KWA
Board, Motor Driver (exchange): 77510-60058
Cables for front panel: FLEX-S34-7-KWA
Cables for MT driver: FLEX-S26-7-KWA
Cap C301: SM35LASN-KWA
Display Window: ISSL29-039-KWA
DC Motor: TE35QG12406-KWA
Fan for Card Cage: FFD-0924N-KWA
Fan for Power Supply: MD825M-24-KWA
Fuse, 5.0A: 2110-0030
Fuse, 2.5A: 2110-0015
Fuse, Carrier: FEU031-1661-KWA
Fuse, Holder: FEU031-1673-KWA

Keycap, Zero: ISSL41067A0KWA
Keycap, One: ISSL41067A1KWA
Keycap, Two: ISSL41067A2KWA
Keycap, Three: ISSL41067A3KWA
Keycap, Four: ISSL41067A4KWA
Keycap, Five: ISSL41067A5KWA
Keycap, Six: ISSL41067A6KWA
Keycap, Seven: ISSL41067A7KWA
Keycap, Eight: ISSL41067A8KWA
Keycap, Nine: ISSL41067A9KWA
Keycap, Paper Feed: TZ0411-KWA
Keycap, Dot: ISSL41067A10KWA
Keycap, Arrow: ISSL41067A11KWA
Keycap, Contrast: ISSL41067A12KWA
Keycap, Brightness: ISSL41067A13KWA
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
Label, Paper Loading Instructions: 77510-80010 (Inside Kowa door.)
Line Voltage Selection Switch: SWZ-033-3514KWA
Panel, Operator: ISSL41-060-KWA
Paper Exit Unit: IUZA13-KWA
Paper Feeding Unit (exchange): 77510-60188
Paper Housing Door: ISSL39-003A-KWA
Paper Sensor: EE-SB5-KWA

Power Supply, Logic: MMC50U-2-KWA
Power Supply, Motor: K50AU-24-KWA
Power Supply Assembly
for Thermal Head (exchange): 77510-60108
Power Switch Cover: 77510-40010
Roller, Lower Capstan: IUMC48-005C-KWA
Roller Motion Sensor: EE-SV3-KWA
Roller, Upper Feed: IUMC48-007-KWA
Roller, Suppressing: IUMC49-020-KWA
Spring, Large Retaining: NO2158-KWA
Spring, Small Tension: NO2101-KWA
Stepper Motor: PH564-A-KWA
Switch, Up/Down: SS-01GL2-KWA
Thermal Head Cable: FLEX-S16-7-KWA
Thermal Head Cam Bar: IUMC49-008-KWA
Thermal Head Mount: IUZA14-KWA
Transformer: KT100-472-KWA
Figure 2-2 Parts Diagram: Drive Motors and Belts
DC Motor Belt
C301
Roller Motion
Sensor
Belt for Rollers
DC Motor
Stepper Motor
Belt
Stepper Motor
7ASW029
Figure 2-3 Parts Diagram: Thermal Head and Power Supplies
C302 & C303 (Not Shown)

Thermal Head Power Supply
Power Supply Fan
Logic Power Supply Paper Sensor
Motor Power Supply Thermal Head Cable
Thermal Head Mount
Suppressing Roller
Upper Feed
Roller
Lower
Capstan
Roller
Thermal
Head
Cam Bar
Thermal
Head
Up/Down Switch
Motherboard & Cables
Large Retaining Spring
Small Tension Spring
7ASW028
Thermal Head Replacement Procedure

(Takes approximately 1/2 to 1 hour.)
NOTE Be careful not to scratch the printing surface of the thermal head or get it dirty with
fingerprints etc. Handle the thermal head with care and never place the printing surface
down on anything that might scratch it. Cleaning the surface with a soft cloth or Q-Tip
wet with alcohol is a standard part of any thermal head replacement procedure. Also,
be careful to avoid physical shock and static discharge when handling the thermal head.
It contains a glass layer and a cmos chip.
Tools Required: phillips head screwdriver, needle nose pliers, alcohol, a soft cloth or
Q-Tip.
Refer to the “Parts Diagram: Thermal Head and Power Supplies” on page 19.
NOTE Be sure to take ESD protection measures when performing this procedure.
1. Turn the Kowa off and unplug it. Remove it from the ultrasound system and place it on a suit-
able work surface. If the printer has no feet, place a pad or some paper underneath it to
avoid scratches.
2. Remove the top cover:
a. Unscrew the four screws on the bottom edge of the sides of the Kowa.
b. Lift the cover back and up to remove.
3. Release the springs and hooks from the rods on either side of the thermal head assembly:
a. The thermal head assembly is in the front left corner of the Kowa, and is the same width
as the front panel door. It has one rod on each side, and has two cables at its rear. The
rods sit in notches on the paper feeding unit.
b. Unhook the two springs from the rods on either side of the assembly. These are the
Large Retaining Springs, one on each side of the paper feeding unit.
c. Unhook the two Capstan Driving Plates (hooks) that hold the assembly’s rods into the
notches on the paper feeding unit. These plates are located just inside where the Large
Retaining Springs were. Unhook them by pulling up on the threaded rods at their pivot
points.
4. Remove the thermal head from the assembly and replace it with the new one:
a. Remove the two cables from the rear of the thermal head.
b. Identify the Thermal Head Mount. It is the long rectangular plate with two screws in slots
in the top. These screws hold the thermal head. Hold the thermal head at its connectors
so it won’t fall and remove these two screws. Turn the Thermal Head Mount upward and
remove the thermal head.
c. Locate the positioning screws in front of the Thermal Head Mount. They screw into
square plates and have “NOT LOOSEN” labels.
NOTE Do not adjust the positioning screws. The thermal head positioning screws have been
precisely adjusted at the factory.
d. Place the new thermal head into position beneath the Thermal Head Mount. Press it
against the two positioning screws (push it forward from the connectors) while
re-attaching the screws on top of the mount.
e. Connect the cables to the rear of the new thermal head.

f. Turn the Thermal Head Mount and thermal head up and wipe the printing surface of the
thermal head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with alcohol. Do not touch the surface dur-
ing re-assembly.
5. Re-assemble the Kowa:
a. Replace the Capstan Driving Plates and springs. Needle nose pliers may be required.
b. Replace the top cover; the tab at its top front edge fits underneath the lip of the front
panel.
6. Return the Kowa to the ultrasound system, reconnect the cables and turn on the power. For
cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder
section.
7. Perform the required system tests for service to the printer. Refer to the system’s test
requirements (test matrices) in the system’s service documentation. To diagnose any system
detected errors, refer to the system’s service manual.
Removal of Jammed Paper

1. Open the paper door on the front panel.
2. Remove the paper exit hatch plate by inserting a stick or small screwdriver into the hole just
inside the top of the paper door frame, on the left, and prying outward. Pull the paper exit
hatch plate off.
3. Remove the jammed paper.
4. Replace the paper exit hatch and close the paper door.
Peripheral (Bold = correct setting for this peripheral in any Philips Ultrasound system.)
Switch and 16 position hex switch on M I/F board: osition 2 for frequent Doppler or M-Mode
Menu Settings strips,
position 0 for frequent Frame Dumps
(factory default is position 2).
Voltage Setting: 120V or 240V
T (Test) Switch: N = No Test (Normal Operation); Y = Test (then press the paper advance
button)
Brightness and Contrast adjustments:
One set of brightness and contrast settings is stored for each speed (25, 50, 100) and one for
frame dumps.
1. Set the ultrasound system’s stripchart activation button (Print, Chart, or Frame) to the
speed for which you want to change settings.
2. Press Brightness or Contrast button and the corresponding setting will appear flashing.
3. Activate the stripchart from the ultrasound system (to get the paper moving).
4. While the paper is moving, use the digit keys to set a new value.
5. (Optional) Press the other button (brightness or contrast) and use the digits to set a value
for that setting.
6. Press the period key to store the new settings. Settings will remain through power cycles.
7. (Optional) Repeat steps 1 through 6 to change brightness and contrast settings for the other
speeds.
Contrast: 30 to 80 (increasing contrast makes blacks blacker)
Brightness: 45 to 75 (decreasing brightness makes whites whiter)
Speed: Displayed on LCD during normal operation. Cannot be changed on Kowa, must be
changed on SONOS. See System Settings.
Configuration Mode:
To view or change: Hold period key while applying power. Enter value for blinking digit. Press
arrow key for next digit. Press period key to save and exit configuration mode. Configuration
remains through power cycling.
Configuration Code: P - XXX:
For SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR, NTSC systems: P-011:
For SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR, PAL systems: P-022
For SONOS 2000/2500 or SONOS 5500: P-013 (Both NTSC & PAL systems)
Error Handling Internal Test

To Run a Greybar Test:
Set the T (Test) switch on the back panel to “Y” and press the paper advance button; OR,
on 2000/2500 or 5500 systems, run the greybar test from the Stripchart Tests menu
(TEST MENU, OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES, (MORE)).
Error Codes
Error
Code Error Solution
H Thermal head overheated. Contrast and/or brightness settings
may be too high, set them lower.
Also check the fan.
PS SONOS system speed set Check or set SONOS system
for 10mm/sec (does not speed. (See System switches and
match Kowa). settings.)
E Test (T) switch on back of Set T switch to “N.”
recorder is on (set to “Y”).
J Paper jammed. Clear jam and/or reload paper. May
also be defective Control board.
UP Thermal head positioned Adjust Thermal head.
incorrectly.
Trouble-
shooting & Tips
Figure 2-4 Kowa Block Diagram
206E012
When installing a Kowa into an existing system - it's very easy to scratch the front panel -
to avoid this: assemble front panel & tray, assemble this to an upside-down Kowa with its
paper door open.
A red line is printed on the last three feet of paper as an indication that the roll is nearly
empty.
After turning on the recorder, it is advisable to wait about 15 minutes before recording
images. This will avoid an initial drift of gray scale due to thermal instability.
The Grey Bar test, in ultrasound system’s “Other Tests & Utilities”(S5500) can be used to
calibrate the Strip Chart Recorder.
If one side of the print head does not evenly press on the surface of the paper (lighter
prints on one side), adjust the hooks (Capstan Driving Plates) on either side of the base
plate. These hooks have slotted screw holes. Shorten the hook for more pressure,
lengthen the hook for less pressure. (See step 3c of “Thermal Head Replacement Proce-
dure” on page 20 to locate these parts.)
If the recorder does not work or the power light does not come on; the power cable may
be disconnected or the fuse on the rear panel is blown. May also be a bad voltage selec-
tor switch; with the power disconnected, try moving the voltage selector switch, then
reconnect the power. See “Repair Parts” on page 15 for switch part number.
If the recorder does not work but the power light is on; it may be a cabling problem. See
“System Specific Information for 77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder” on page 30 for
cabling instructions for each particular system. Trouble may be on system control panels.
Trouble may be an incorrect controller board.
If the paper is blank, the paper may be loaded upside down. See “Paper Loading Instruc-
tions” on page 14. Cable from ultrasound system may be disconnected. Contrast or
brightness settings may be incorrect.
If the paper does not come out; the paper roll may be empty, or jammed. See “Removal
of Jammed Paper” on page 22.
If the paper advance is intermittent; the drive rollers and paper sensors may be contami-
nated. Clean the paper rollers and check the sensors.
If the prints become darker and darker; the system may be doing frame dumps while
configured for black background. The thermal head is accumulating heat faster than it
can be dissipated. Also check the +24V power supply adjustment on PS301 by removing
the rear panel of the power supply unit housing. See table below:
If there is a large gap between prints; the controller software is earlier than 10054. Close
switch 6 on the Controller Processor board (SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR systems only).
Kowa Power Supply Voltage Specifications:
Adjust Voltage
Power Supply Board, or Specification and
Function Check Tolerance
PS301, Thermal Head Adjust +24 +/- 0.5 V
PS302, Main Power Adjust +5 +/- 0.1 V
PS302, Main Power Check +15 +/- 0.75 V
PS302, Main Power Check -15 +/- 0.75 V
PS303, Drive Motor Adjust +24 +/- 0.5 V
Figure 2-5 Internal Power Supply
PS 301 PS 302 PS 303
+5V, 5A
GND
AC 106V +15V, 0.8A
GND +24V, 2.1A
-15V, 0.2A GND
+24V AC 106V AC 106V

GND
14A AC 106V AC 106V
228E014
Preventive At every system PM, the recorder should have a PM:

Maintenance • Clean the exterior surfaces with a soft cloth dampened with water or mild soap.
Procedures • Clean the rubber rollers, thermal head, and fan opening by wiping with a clean cloth, or
Q-tip, moistened with ethyl alcohol. Access is gained by opening the paper door and remov-
ing the paper exit hatch plate (see “Removal of Jammed Paper” on page 22).
• The thermal head can be replaced as part of preventive maintenance. Alternatively, it can be
replaced on failure.
77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder: System Specific Information for 77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77510A Kowa
Stripchart
Recorder
Compatibility SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR - Front or Bench Mount
List SONOS 2000/2500 - Front or Bench Mount
SONOS 5500 - Front or Bench Mount
SONOS 500/ DIP Switches on System PCBs

1000/1500/OR Controller Processor, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
System Settings (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)
for Kowa
Setting for this
Switch Function Peripheral Comments
3 OPEN = TM/Frame pcb present, OPEN Kowa uses
CLOSED = TM/Frame pcb absent. TM/Frame pcb.
6 OPEN = Honeywell present, CLOSED Ignored if switch 5
CLOSED = Kowa present. is CLOSED.
Control Switch on Front Panel

Set Kowa speed with SONOS front panel Speed toggle switch:
1 = 25 mm/sec
2 = 50 mm/sec
3 = 100 mm/sec
SONOS 500/ NOTE There are no connections to the Kowa’s B and PG/PNT ports.
1000/1500/OR
Cabling for Internally Mounted Kowa
Cabling
Function Parts List From/To
Stripchart Signals 77020-60130: Mother Board/ From Controller Mother Board J9*
Kowa Cable port to Kowa: wires are labelled with
Kowa port names (AXIS wire not
connected).
Time Motion Signals 77100-64320: TM Cable From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
STRIPCHART port; CONTROLLER
wire (bundled) to J18** port on
Controller Mother Board, single wire
to TIME MOTION port on M-Mode
Cable Bracket (inside controller).

M-Mode Signals 77120-60500: M-Mode Cable Bracket is inside controller, rear side
ass’y includes: connects to TM Cable, front side
bracket with TIME MOTION connects to M-Mode cable, which then
port and M-Mode cable: connects to J1 TM port on top of
77120-65480 Analog I/O board (in controller card
cage).
Power 8120-3221: Power Cable From Kowa’s LINE port to
non-isolated power strip in cart.
* J9 on Controller Mother Board is 25 pin connector farthest from the rear of the system
(open the swiveling system I/O panel assembly, J9 is closest to the controller card cage,
directly beneath the bracket that holds the swiveling panel closed).
** J18 on Controller Mother Board is 25 pin connector closest to the right rear corner of
the system (just forward of the 9 pin connector that sits in the right rear corner).
Cabling for Bench Mounted Kowa

Stripchart Signals 77020-60110: Internal Cable Internal Cable from J9 port (see Internally
77500-61130: Umbilical Cable mounted Kowa) to system’s Special I/O
Panel (2 ground wires screw to panel).
Umbilical Cable from Special I/O Panel to
benchtop Kowa: wires are labelled with
Kowa port names.
(Special I/O Panel and Rear Door for
system, with hole for Internal Cable is
listed in Installation Parts.)
Time Motion 77100-64320: TM Cable See Internally Mounted Kowa.
Signals
M-Mode Signals 77120-60500: M-Mode Cable See Internally Mounted Kowa.
ass’y includes:
bracket with TIME MOTION
port and M-Mode cable:
77120-65480

Power Cables
Area Part Number Area Part Number
North America 8120-5456 Switzerland 8120-2104
United Kingdom 8120-1351 Denmark 8120-2956
Europe 8120-1689 South Africa 8120-4211
Australia 8120-4475 China 8120-8376
For All: Connector Lock: 1400-1682 (Use printer’s screws.)
SONOS 500/ Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Kowa

1000/1500/OR
Description (& qty) Part Number & Comments
Installation
Rails (2) (Heavy Duty Bracket Support): 77510-00130
Parts
Screws for Rails into cart 2680-0055, 10-32 x 1/2” Pan head, philips
(4 - same front & rear):
Tinnerman Nuts for Rails into cart (4): 0590-0804 10-32
Tray (Mounting Plate): 77510-00110 (Kowa feet get removed, 6 screws on
Kowa bottom hold Kowa to mounting plate.)
Clips for Tray to Rails:
Left: 77523-00150
Right: 77523-00160
Clips screw into Tray and have notches for Rails.
Screws for Clips into Tray (4): 2360-0115 6-32 x 5/16”

Front Panel
Mint Gray: 77510-00101
Parchment White: 77510-00102
Nuts for Front Panel to Tray (4): 2420-0006 6-32 x 5/16” (5/16” Nut driver) (Front
Panel has embedded screws.)
Screws for Front Panel to cart (4): 77020-20040 Parchment white
Tinnerman Nuts for Front Panel into cart 0590-0804 10-32
(4):
Stiffener (Goes side to side across top 77510-20010
of Tray, beneath Kowa.):
Double Faced Tape (Holds stiffener to 0460-0958
Tray.):
Installation Parts for Bench Mounted Kowa

Special I/O Panel with hole for Internal 77920-03630
Cable:
Screws for Internal Cable to I/O panel (3): 2200-0113 (Cable’s connector screws right to hole
in I/O panel; cable’s original screws get replaced by
these.)
Nut for Internal Cable’s ground wires to 2420-0006
Special I/O Panel (1):

Screws for Special I/O Panel to cart (4): 2510-0102
Cover Plate on Special I/O Panel: 77920-03660 (Covers unused hole in the Special I/O
Panel.)
Screws for Cover Plate to Special I/O 2200-0105
Panel (2):
Nuts for Cover Plate to Special I/O Panel 0590-0199
(2):
Rear Door with hole for Kowa cabling (Hole lines up with connector on Special I/O Panel.)
For SONOS 500/1000: 77920-62360
For SONOS 1500 (blue): 77920-62390
Ground Plates on Rear Door (4): 77920-03060 (At four corners of Rear Door, on
inside.)
Screws to hold Ground Plates to Rear 0624-0378
Door (8):
Rubber Pads (12 - Required only if Kowa 77922-80280 (3 layers of Rubber Pads are to be
has no feet.): used as feet for proper ventilation and to clear a tab
on the paper door.)

2500 System No DIP switches in this system for Kowa.
Settings for
Kowa Menu Selections in System Software
Set Kowa speed in STRIPCHART TESTS menu in RST (TEST MENU, OTHER TESTS &
UTILITIES, MORE). This menu also includes a Greybar Test.
Also: in SETUP mode, at the PRINT touch screen, the Stripchart can be selected as the
target for b/w images, color images, VCR images or report pages using the B/W, Color,
VCR or Report control knobs. These settings are temporary, i.e. will be lost with power
cycle or reset, unless saved in a preset. (The Kowa can print a Frame as well as running
a stripchart. However, it can only print in B/W, so it will print a B/W version of whatever
image is sent.)
SONOS 2000/ NOTE There are no connections to the Kowa’s B and PG/PNT ports.
2500 Cabling

Stripchart Signals 77921-64290: Kowa Cable From E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s STRIP
Power 8120-5431: Power Cable CHART port to Kowa: wires are labelled
for 115V with Kowa port names.
8120-1900: Power Cable From Kowa’s LINE port to 115V or 240V
for 240V power strip in cart (Kowa has voltage
selection switch).

Stripchart 77921-64400: Remote Remote Stripchart Cable from E-Box Rear
Signals Stripchart Cable I/O Panel’s STRIPCHART port to Rear Door.
77500-61130: Umbilical Cable Umbilical Cable from system’s Rear Door to
benchtop Kowa: wires are labelled with Kowa
port names. (Special Rear Door for system, with
hole for Remote Stripchart Cable is listed in
Installation Parts.)
Power Cables
North 8120-5456 Switzerland 8120-2104
America
United 8120-1351 Denmark 8120-2956
Kingdom
SONOS 2000/ Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Kowa

2500 Instal-
lation Parts
Support Rails (2): 77510-00130
Screws for Rails into cart 0515-2506 M5 x 10mm
(4 same front & rear):
Tinnerman Nuts for Rails into cart (4): 0535-0093
Tray (Mounting Plate): 77510-00110 (Kowa feet get removed, 6 screws
on Kowa bottom hold Kowa to Tray.)
Clips for Tray to rails (2): 77510-00140 (Clips screw to Tray, have notches
for Rails.)
Screws for Clips into Tray (4): 2360-0115 6-32 x 5/16”
Front Panel, Glacier Gray: 77510-00112
Nuts for Front Panel to Tray (4): 2420-0006 6-32, (5/16” nut driver - Front Panel
has embedded screws.)
Screws for Front Panel to cart (4): 77921-22320 M5 Torx pan head dress with
washer
Tinnerman Nuts for Front Panel into cart 0535-0093
(4):

System Rear Door with hole for Remote
Stripchart Cable (Cable’s connector screws right to hole in Rear
Glacier Gray (for SONOS 2000): Door.)
Tahitian Blue (for SONOS 2500): 77921-62382
77921-62384
Screws to hold Remote Stripchart Cable to 2200-0113 4x40 (These screws replace cable’s
Rear Door (3): screws, nuts that come with cable are used.)
Screw to hold 2 ground cables to Rear Door 2360-0115
(1):
Label for Rear Door with hole: 77921-80670
Rubber Pads (12 - Required only if Kowa has 77922-80280 (3 layers of Rubber Pads are to be
no feet.): used as feet for proper ventilation and to clear a
tab on the paper door.)
SONOS 5500 DIP Switches on System PCBs

System Settings No DIP switches in this system for Kowa.
for Kowa
Menu Selections in System Software
Set Kowa speed in STRIPCHART TESTS menu in RST (TEST MENU, OTHER TESTS &
UTILITIES). This menu also includes a Greybar Test.
Also: in SETUP mode, at the PRINT touch screen, the Stripchart can be selected as the
target for b/w images, color images, VCR images or report pages using the B/W, Color,
cycle or reset, unless saved in a preset. (The Kowa can print a Frame as well as running
a stripchart. However, it can only print in B/W, so it will print a B/W version of whatever
image is sent.)
SONOS 5500 NOTE There are no connections to the Kowa’s B and PG/PNT ports.
Cabling

Stripchart Signals 77922-64010: Strip Chart Cable From E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s STRIP
CHART port to Kowa: wires are labelled
with Kowa port names.

Stripchart speed 77922-64060: Strip Chart Run From E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s STRIP RN
Cable CTRL port to Kowa’s RN CTRL port.
Power 8120-5431: Power Cable for From Kowa’s LINE port to 115V or 240V
115V power strip in cart. (Kowa has voltage
8120-1579: Power Cable for selection switch). Use Connector Lock at
240V Kowa’s port (use Kowa’s screws).
1400-1682: Connector Lock

Stripchart 77922-64090: Remote Stripchart Remote Stripchart Cable from E-Box
Signals Cable Rear
77500-61130: Umbilical Cable I/O Panel’s STRIP CHART and
STRIP RN CTRL ports to hole in
system I/O panel. Umbilical Cable from
hole in system I/O panel to Kowa: wires
are labelled with Kowa port names.
Power Cables

SONOS 5500 Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Kowa

Installation
Parts
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
Rubber Pads (12 - Required only if 77922-80280 (3 layers - see same part below.)
printer has no feet.):

Screws for Internal Cable to system I/O panel 2200-0113 (Use nuts from cable, ground
(3): wires go to panel’s ground lug.)
Rubber Pads (12 - Required only if printer has 77922-80280 (3 layers of Rubber Pads are to
no feet.): be used as feet for proper ventilation and to
clear a tab on the paper door.)
77530A/535A UP-3000 Printers: Quick Page
3 77530A/535A UP-3000 Printers

Quick Page Supplies
Color Paper Case: 400 Sheets and 5 Ink Ribbons:SNY3010
Thermal Head (NTSC): 1-5436-401-1SON
Thermal Head (PAL): 1-543-774-11SON
Crucial Printer Switch and Menu Settings

DIP Switches: (ON = UP) (Printer power must be cycled to activate
DIP switches.)
switches 4, 5, 6, & 8: ON, switches 1, 2, 3, & 7: OFF
System Settings for Printers

Processor Graphics SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR 4: OFF, 5: OFF, 9: ON
Video I/O All except SONOS 100CF/200/IVUS 8: OPEN
(For benchtop:
5 & 6: CLOSED, 7: OPEN.)
For SONOS 2000/2500 and SONOS 5500 systems:

-Select printer model for Color Printer in system’s OPTIONS menu.
-Select this printer as target for various image types with SETUP.

System Cable # and Function Connection Comments
SONOS 77000-65500: RGB Signals From COLOR PRINTER port.
100CF/200 77000-65560: Trigger Signal From PRINT CONTROL port to
printer’s CONTROL port.
SONOS 500/ 77100-64103: RGB and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port (yellow
1000/1500/OR, Signals; also: 1250-0080: Barrel CAMERA wire to printer’s
SONOS 2000/ Adapter and 77530-64010: CONTROL port).
2500 Extension
SONOS 5500 77922-64010: RGB and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port
Signals; also: 1250-0080: Barrel (FR/TM-COLOR AUX REMOTE
Adapter and 77530-64010: wire to printer’s CONTROL port).
Extension
77530A/535A UP-3000 Printers: Table of Contents for 77530A/535A UP-3000 Printers
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77530A/535A UP-3000 Printers

77530A/535A Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
UP-3000 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Printers Thermal Head Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
System Specific Information for 77530A/35A UP-3000 Printers
SONOS 100CF, 200 System Settings for Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
SONOS 100CF, 200 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
SONOS 100CF, 200 Installation Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR System Settings for Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
SONOS 2000/2500 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
SONOS 2000/2500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
77530A/535A UP-3000 Printers: Printer Specific Information for 77530A/535A UP-3000 Printers
SONOS 2000/2500 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72

SONOS 5500 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
SONOS 5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
SONOS 5500 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Printer Identifying Information

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77530A (NTSC) & 77535A (PAL)
mation for Exchange Part #: 77530-68000 & 77535-68000
Description: Small Format Color Printer
77530A/535A Manufacturer Model #: UP-3000 (NTSC) & UP-3000P (PAL)
UP-3000 Manufacturer Name: Sony
Printers Manufacturer U.S. Technical Support Phone #: 1-800-882-3891
(For international support, contact your local Sony service center.)
Manufacturer Service Manual: 9-975-453-01 (NTSC & PAL - order from Sony)

Case (5 boxes of 80 sheets/1 ribbon each): SNY3010 (Sony part: UPC-3010)
Load paper blank side up.
Repair Parts
Bottom Hatch: X-3737-803-1SON
Front Panel (NTSC): X-3745-703-2SON
Front Panel (PAL): X-3165-226-2SON
Fuse - 125V, 6.3A: 1-532-748-11SON

Guide Assembly: A-8262-123-ASON
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
Paper Tray: A-8262-176-ASON
Power Button: 2-431-568-31SON
Power Switch: 4-392-036-01SON
Paper Compartment Door:
(NTSC): 3-745-735-02SON
(PAL): 3-745-735-21SON
Retainer Guide: X-3737-818-6SON
Ribbon Compartment Door: X-3745-701-1SON
Top Hatch: 3-737-950-12SON

NOTE: Be careful not to scratch the printing surface of the thermal head or get it dirty
with fingerprints etc. Handle the thermal head with care and never place the
printing surface down on anything that might scratch it. Cleaning the surface with
a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with alcohol is a standard part of any thermal head
replacement procedure.
Tools Required: phillips head screwdriver, alcohol and a soft cloth or Q-Tip.
NOTE: Be sure to take ESD protection measures when performing this procedure.
1. Turn the printer off and unplug it. Remove it from the ultrasound system.
2. Remove the printer’s bottom panel:
a. Turn the printer over and place it on a suitable work surface, placing a pad or
some paper underneath it to avoid scratches.
b. Remove the eight screws around the edge of the bottom panel, one screw in its
center, and one screw near the door. Lift off the panel (feet DO NOT get removed).
3. Remove the spring plate, springs and heat sink:
a. The thermal head can now be seen. It has two flat cables and the heat sink on it.
b. The spring plate wraps around the heat sink fins and attaches to the head bracket
assembly by two screws at the ends of its arms. Note the tension spring at the
back arm and how it catches beneath it.
c. Remove the spring plate by removing its two screws, being careful to not lose the
springs.
d. Remove the springs from the heat sink.
e. Remove the heat sink by loosening the two screws between its fins.
4. Remove the thermal head and replace it with the new one:
a. Open the ink ribbon door and remove the ink ribbon cartridge.
b. Supporting the thermal head through the open ink ribbon door, loosen the two
screws that hold it to the head brackets.
c. Maneuver the thermal head up and out the bottom of the printer.
d. Disconnect the two flat cables by pulling the tops of their connectors out, then pull-
ing out the cables.
e. Connect the cables to the new thermal head by opening the connectors, sliding
the cables into the connectors as far as they will go, with the exposed wires side
toward the metal plate of the thermal head. Push the tops of the connectors back
in.
f. Attach the new thermal head to the head brackets within the printer with the two
screws removed earlier.
g. Wipe the printing surface of the thermal head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with
alcohol and do not touch the surface during re-assembly.
h. Replace the ink ribbon cartridge and close its door.
5. Reassemble the printer by performing steps 2 and 3 in reverse order.
6. Return the printer to the ultrasound system, reconnect the cables and turn on the
power. For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77530A/35A
UP-3000 Printers section.
7. Perform the required printer tests. Refer to the system’s test requirements (test matri-
ces) in the system’s service documentation. To diagnose any system detected errors,
refer to the system’s service manual.

1. Turn the ultrasound system off and unplug it. Remove paper tray and ribbon cartridge.
2. Clear jams from the top panel door:
a. Partially remove printer from system, to expose the top panel door. Open and
remove the top panel door.
b. The plate cover is now visible. Remove it by squeezing the arms of its plastic “U”
catch together and lifting it off.
c. The guide cover is now visible. Remove it by pushing it to the right and pulling it
up.
d. The top roller is now exposed. Remove any jammed paper from around it.
e. Replace the guide cover, plate cover, and top panel door.
3. If necessary, clear jams from the bottom door:
a. Remove the door on the bottom of the printer.
b. Remove any jammed paper from around the bottom roller.
c. Replace the bottom door.
4. If necessary, remove the printer’s top cover and roller guide to clear jams:
a. Remove the top cover: two screws on each side, one on the back top edge, slide
the cover back then up.
b. Identify the roller guide: it is a double metal plate just to the right of the plate cover
(which was underneath the top panel door) and is about the same size. It holds
one thin metal roller by tabs at its right edge.
c. Remove the roller guides two screws. (To remove the front screw, first remove the
front panel screw on the top edge, near the center of the printer. Then pull the top
edge of the front panel out just enough to expose the roller guide screw.)
d. Remove the plate cover and guide cover as in step 2.
e. Now remove the roller guide and its roller, and any jammed paper underneath.
5. Reassemble the printer by performing step 4 in reverse order.
6. Replace the paper tray and ribbon cartridge. Return the printer to its original mount-
ing position within the ultrasound system. Plug in the system, power up and retry the
print.
Peripheral (Bold = correct setting for this printer in any Philips Ultrasound system.)
Switch and Back Panel Controls:
Menu Settings DIP Switches (SW1): (ON = UP) (Printer power must be cycled to activate DIP
switches.)
switches 4, 5, 6, & 8: ON,
switches 1, 2, 3, & 7: OFF
Additional Information:
1, 2, & 3: Reserved (OFF)
4: Type of image: ON = memory image, OFF = playback image
5: Scan Mode: ON = Wide, OFF = Normal
6: Mode Lock: ON = front panel controls disabled
7& 8: Baud Rate: (Baud rate affects RS-232 communication. Since this printer is
never used with an
RS-232 cable, baud rate settings are inconsequential.)
7 & 8: OFF = 1200, 7: ON & 8: OFF = 2400,
7: OFF & 8: ON = 4800, 7&8: ON = 9600
Monitor R, G, & B knobs: center (detent)


R, G, B, Sharp, Bright, Picture, Hue, & Color controls: center (detent)
Printer’s MENU: (Set DIP switch 6 to OFF, then cycle power. Press MENU key. Access
submenus with EXEC key. Press EXEC key to save. Settings remain through power
cycle. Reset DIP switch 6 to ON when done.)
NOTE: Note: Printer does not have an LCD. In order to view or change these set-
tings the printer’s OUT port(s) must be connected to a monitor.
Print QTY = 1
Memory Mode, FRM/FLD (Frame/Field) = FRM (FRM in white, FLD in blue)
Print Mode = Normal/Mirror/25 Mult
Monitor Mode = E to E/Through,
Display*: OFF (OFF in white, ON in blue)
(* Displays screen messages at bottom of screen during normal operation.)
Input Select = RGB

The printer has a service mode with test patterns and a motor checking feature.
The total number of prints is displayed when entering this service mode.
NOTE: The printer does not have an LCD. In order to select a test pattern or view the
print total the printer’s OUT port(s) must be connected to a monitor.
1. Enter the service mode:

a. Enable the MENU key by setting DIP switch 6 to OFF, then cycle the power.
b. Press and hold the STOP key, then press the MEMORY IN key and release both.
The total print count appears briefly on the monitor (if connected). Then an S
appears on the monitor, indicating the service mode.
2. To select a pattern and print it, proceed as follows:
a. Press the MENU key. The menu appears on the monitor.
b. Press the down arrow key repeatedly until PATTERN appears on the monitor (one
below INPUT SELECT).
c. Select the desired pattern with the up or down arrow keys.
d. Press the EXEC key. The print light illuminates and the selected pattern prints.
e. To select another pattern, repeat 2a through d
3. To check operation of the thermal head and bottom roller, proceed as follows:
a. Remove the ribbon cartridge and the paper tray (leave both access doors open).
b. Check operation of the thermal head (movement visible through ribbon cartridge
space):
Always press the EXEC first at this stage to ensure the thermal head is in its
home, or lowest position.
Press and hold the up arrow key and observe the thermal head move up, usually
through four discreet steps. Press and hold the down arrow key, the head moves
down, usually through four discreet steps.
At any point, the EXEC key returns the thermal head to its home (lowest) position.
c. Check operation of the bottom roller (movement visible through paper tray space):
WARNING Never press the left arrow key while the thermal head is out of its home position. Always
press the EXEC key to return the thermal head to its home (lowest) position before
pressing the left arrow key.
Check operation of the bottom roller with the right arrow key. Press and hold it and
you’ll hear the motor activate. If the gears are engaged the bottom roller will move up
and turn counter-clockwise, in the normal paper feeding direction. You may have to
move the thermal head up (with the up arrow key) into one of its upper positions to
get the gears to engage.
Return the bottom roller to its down position by first pressing the EXEC key to return
the thermal head to its down position. Then press the left arrow key and observe the
bottom roller drop down.
4. Exit the service mode by cycling the printer’s power. Reset DIP switch 6 to ON to dis-
able the MENU key.
Error Codes
Printer does not have an LCD. It has an alarm light that blinks when there are problems
with the print mechanism, paper or ink cartridge. If you cannot print and the alarm light
blinks, there are two most probable causes:
1. Out of paper or ink ribbon. Refill paper tray or remove ink ribbon and turn in direction
of arrow. If it does not turn, cartridge is empty, insert new cartridge.
2. Paper is jammed. See “Removal of Jammed Paper” on page 51 If this does not
resolve the problem, review the possible causes and solutions in the table below.
Printer does not have an LCD. In order to view error messages the printer’s
OUT port(s) must be connected to a monitor.
Error Message on
Monitor Possible Causes and Solution
BOTTOM HATCH Close bottom hatch firmly.
OPEN
CHECK RIBBON The ink ribbon cassette his not securely in place. Insert the ink
SETTING ribbon cassette and press firmly until the print paper is ejected.
FEED ERROR Print paper has jammed. See “Removal of Jammed Paper” on
page 51
INCORRECT An image is not stored in memory or the memory is selected
MEMORY incorrectly. Press MEMORY IN to store an image.
Error Message on
Monitor Possible Causes and Solution
NO PAPER The paper tray is empty or the paper tray is not properly inserted.
Fill the paper tray and insert it firmly.
NO RIBBON Ink ribbon cassette is not securely in place. Insert the cassette
CASSETTE firmly.
NORMAL WIDTH Wide mode is selected. You cannot use the wide mode when
storing four reduced images or printing 25% images. Use the
NORMAL width by setting the appropriate DIP switch or by setting
the Print Mode in the printer’s menu. See “Peripheral Switch and
Menu Settings” on page 53
PLACE PAPER 1. The print paper is upside-down in the paper tray: paper should
PRINT SIDE UP be blank side up. or 2. The print paper does not match the ink
ribbon cassette or the ink ribbon cassette is at its end. Use proper
cassette, or rewind the cassette until the black line is between the
two rolls.
PROCESS ERROR Print paper has jammed. See “Removal of Jammed Paper” on
page 51
RIBBON ERROR The ink ribbon cassette is at its end. Replace the cassette or
rewind it until the black line is between the two rolls.
TOP HATCH OPEN Close top hatch firmly.
Trouble- If the picture is blurred, switch the Memory Mode to FIELD in the printer’s menu and
shooting & Tips reprint the image. See “Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings” on page 53
1 page takes 95 to 105 seconds to print.
Do not move printer or system around. Paper becomes dislodged from tray, causing
jams.
Set DIP sw 6 to ON to disable MENU key, to avoid inadvertently changing configuration.
HUE and COLOR controls are not functional when the printer is part of an ultrasound
system.
Paper jams can be caused by using wrong paper, a bad lot of paper, or static electricity
on the paper. Use only sony printer paper, rub fingers on paper edges to clear static, vac-
uum inside of printer, carefully clean rollers with anti-static wipe, store paper flat, air out
paper when opening a new box, pass hand over all 4 sides of new paper to clear static,
do not overfill the paper tray.
If a black line appears on the top, bottom, right or left side of the printed image, the image
can be shifted to compensate. IMAGE SHIFT is accessed through the MEMORY MODE
of the printer’s menu.
If a white or black stripe appears within the printed image, the thermal head may be dirty
or defective. Clean the printing surface of the thermal head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet
with alcohol. If this does not solve the problem, replace the thermal head. See “Thermal
Head Replacement Procedure” on page 49
Preventive At every system PM, the printer should have a PM:

Maintenance • Clean the printer exterior surfaces with a soft cloth dampened with water or mild
Procedures soap.
• Sony printers are very prone to dust collection because they contain no filters. If dust
covers the sensors, paper jams can result. Open the top of the printer and vacuum
out the dust.
• Clean the rubber rollers, sensors and thermal head by wiping with a clean cloth, or
Q-tip, moistened with ethyl alcohol. Cleaning the thermal head will ensure its long life.
Remove the ribbon cartridge to access the thermal head from the front panel.
• The thermal head can be replaced as part of the pm. Alternatively, it can be replaced
on failure. The thermal head typically lasts 5000 prints or one year for the typical user.
77530A/535A UP-3000 Printers: System Specific Information for 77530A/35A UP-3000 Printers
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77530A/35A
UP-3000
Printers
Compatibility SONOS 100CF, 200 - Front Mount Only
List SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR - Front or Bench Mount
SONOS 2000/2500 - Front Mount Only
SONOS 5500 - Front Mount Only
SONOS 100CF, DIP Switches on System PCBs

200 System None (No DIP switches for peripherals in this system.)
Settings for
Printers
SONOS 100CF,
200 Cabling
RGB Signals 77000-65500: Color Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
Cable COLOR PRINTER port, R, G, B, &
Sync wires to appropriate ports on
printer.
Trigger Signal 77000-65560: Remote Print Mono jack end of cable from E-box
(contact closure) Cable Rear I/O Panel’s PRINT CONTROL
port, stereo jack end to printer’s
CONTROL port.
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s AC
07807-05060: Power Cable OUT port to printer’s AC IN port.
Clamps Use clamps at both ports, using the
port’s screws.
Optional Parts
8120-6111: Y-cable, and To supply two peripherals from one
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps AC OUT port. Use clamps at all 3
ports, using port’s screws.
SONOS 100CF,
200 Installation
Parts
Shelf for this printer: 77901-00460 (Shelf comes with thumb latches.)
Rubber Pads (4): 77922-80280 (Required only if printer has no feet.)

1000/1500/OR Processor Graphics Board, 2 DIP Switch Banks: 1-8 on left bank, 9-16 on right
System Settings bank (ON is labelled on switch, ON = UP = Toward LED edge of board)
for Printers
Setting for this
4 ON for Aspect or Matrix, OFF Combination of
OFF for Color Sony or none. switches 4, 5 &
5 ON for Aspect or Sony 5000, 5200 OFF 9 determines
or 5600, trigger format
for CAMERA
OFF for Matrix, Sony 3000 or 1850.
button*
9 (1st ON for Sony 3000 or 1850, ON
switch in OFF for other printers.
2nd bank)
* The trigger signal from the CAMERA button will travel through the RGB INTERNAL
port, on the yellow CAMERA wire for 77530A, 35A, 30B, or 35 (Sony 3000 or 1850) print-
ers, or through the AUX SERIAL port (RS-232 Cable) for 77550A, 55A, 50B, 50C, or 55C
(Sony 5000, 5200 or 5600) printers.
Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank: (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away
from board)
Setting for
this
5 Determines signal format for CLOSED For color printers
RGB AUX: connected to the
CLOSED = RGB, System I/O Panel’s
OPEN = Betacam. AUX R,G, B, and Sync ports
6 Sets sync signal for RGB CLOSED
(benchtop).
AUX:
CLOSED = normal (sync
wire)
OPEN = sync on green.
Setting for
this
7 Changes R, G, B & Sync OPEN
signals on RGB AUX to
STMPE standard:
CLOSED = 1V p-p,
OPEN = 0.7V p-p.
8 Changes R, G, B & Sync OPEN For color printers connected to
signals on the E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
RGB INTERNAL to STMPE RGB INTERNAL port.
standard:
CLOSED = 1V p-p,
OPEN = 0.7V p-p.
SONOS 500/ Cabling for Internally Mounted Printer

1000/1500/OR
Cabling
RGB Signals and 77100-64103*: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Trigger Signal Cable INTERNAL port, R, G, B, and Sync
1250-0080: BNC Barrel wires to appropriate ports on printer;
(contact closure)
Adapter yellow CAMERA wire to CONTROL
77530-64010: Printer Control port on printer using Barrel Adapter
and Printer Control Cable
Cable (extension)
(extension).
Power 8120-5431: for 77530A From printer’s AC IN port with Power
(NTSC) Cord Clamp (use printer’s screws)
8120-2572: for 77535A (PAL) to: isolated power strip in cart for
07807-05060: Power Cord 77530A; to: non-isolated power strip
in cart for 77535A.
Clamp

Power for 8120-5431 & 8120-5167: for First cable goes from printer to
printers that use 77530A (NTSC) transformer, second goes from
an isolation 8120-1900 & 8120-3221: for transformer to the non-isolated
77535A (PAL) power strip in cart. Use Power Cord
transformer
Clamp at printer’s AC IN port (use
07807-05060: Power Cord
printer’s screws), as well as at
Clamp
transformer’s AC IN port (use
transformer’s screws) and PAL
transformer’s AC OUT port.
Transformer Assembly listed in
installation parts.
Optional Parts
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps 220V (PAL) transformer. Use clamps
at all 3 ports, using port’s screws.
8120-6235: Right Angle Power Cords, and To supply two peripherals from one
1252-5311: 3 Outlet Power Tap 115V (NTSC) transformer.
* For more information on cable 77100-64103, see appendix A.

Cabling for Bench Mounted Printer

Trigger Signal 77100-64103*: Internal Internal Video Cable from E-box Rear I/O
(contact closure) Video Cable Panel’s RGB INTERNAL port, yellow
77530-64020: Internal “CAMERA” wire to Internal Cable using
Cable Barrel Adapter. This Internal Cable
1250-0080: BNC Barrel attaches to rear door with Mylar Label and
Adapter Cable Tie. External Cable plugs into
77530-80040: Mylar Internal Cable at the rear door, and goes to
Label printer’s CONTROL port.
1400-0249: Cable Tie
77530-64030: External
Cable
RGB Signals 77523-60020: Bench Bench Cable from System I/O Panel’s AUX
Cable R, G, B, and Sync ports to appropriate
ports on printer.
Power Cables

SONOS 500/ Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Printer

1000/1500/OR
Installation
Rails (2): 77801-00100
Parts
Screws for Rails into cart
Front (2): 2680-0104 10-32 x 1/2”
Rear (2): 2680-0057 10-32 x 5/8” with 2 flat washers
(1/screw) 3050-0019 13/64”
Side Brackets:
Left: 77530-00050
Right: 77530-00051
Rack Slides (2): 07712-60070 (Slotted ends toward back of
cart.)
Screws through Rack Slides & Side 0515-1106 (Printer’s side screws get
Brackets into printer (4): removed.)
Front Panel (install with notch on 77530-00010
bottom):
Nuts for Front Panel into Side Brackets 2420-0006 (Front Panel comes with
(4): embedded screws.)
Screws for blank panels into cart: 77020-20040
Tinnerman Nuts for front and blank 0590-0804 10-32
panels to cart:

Transformer Assembly for 77530A 77550-60200 (Includes tray.)
(115V out):
(220V out):
Screws & Washers for Transformer to Screws (2): 2680-0055 Washers (2):
weld nuts in Rails: 3050-0019
Clamp for power cord to side of 1400-1196
Transformer:
Screw for Clamp to side of Transformer 2360-0118
(1):
Installation Parts for Bench Mounted Printer

Rubber Pads (4): 77922-80280 (Required only if printer has no
feet.)
No other special parts listed here for Bench Mounting - see Mylar Label listed in Cabling
(previous page).

2500 System Processor Graphics Board:
Settings for Unlike the SONOS 1000, the PG board in the SONOS 2000/2500 does not have any
Printers switches that directly affect system peripherals.
Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
(OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)
Setting for
this
8 Changes R, G, B & Sync signals on OPEN For color printers
RGB INTERNAL to STMPE connected to the
standard: E-box Rear I/O
Panel’s
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V p-p.
RGB INTERNAL port.
Switches 5, 6, and 7 affect benchtop peripherals. Benchtop mounting for this printer in
this system is not supported. See Appendix B more information on these switches.

Select “UP-3000” or “UP-3000P” for Color Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST
MENU, OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS).
Also: in SETUP mode, at the PRINT touch screen, this printer can be selected as the tar-
get for b/w images, color images, VCR images or report pages using the B/W, Color,
VCR or Report control knobs. These settings are temporary, i.e. will be lost through a
power cycle or reset, unless saved in a preset.
SONOS 2000/
2500 Cabling Function Parts List From/To
RGB Signals and 77100-64103*: Internal VideoFrom E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
(contact closure) 1250-0080: BNC Barrel wires to appropriate ports on printer;
Adapter yellow CAMERA wire to CONTROL
77530-64010: Printer Controlport on printer using Barrel Adapter
Cable (extension) and Printer Control Cable
(extension).
Power 8120-5431: for 77530A Power Cable from printer’s AC IN
(NTSC) port with Connector Lock (use
8120-2572: for 77535A (PAL) printer’s screws) to: 115V power
1400-1682: Connector Lock strip in cart for 77530A; to: 240V
power strip in cart for 77535A.
SONOS 2000/
2500 Installation Description (& qty) Part Number & Comments
Parts Rails (2): 77801-00100
Front (2): 0515-1020
Rear (2): 0515-2506
Tinnerman Nuts for Rails to cart 0535-0093
(4):

Side Brackets:
Left: 77530-00050
Right: 77530-00051
Rack Slides (2): 07712-60070 (Slotted ends toward back of cart.)
Screws through Rack Slides & 0515-1106 (Printer’s side screws get removed.)
Side Brackets into printer (4):
Front Panel (install with notch on 77530-00012
bottom):
Nuts for Front Panel into Side 2420-0006 (Front Panel has embedded screws.)
Brackets(4):
Screws for Front Panels and blank 77921-22320: M5 x 16mm, pan head with washer,
panels into cart: torx (T25)
Tinnerman Nuts for Front and 0535-0093
blank panels into cart:

System Settings Processor Graphics Board
for Printers The PG board in the SONOS 5500 line does not have any switches that directly affect
system peripherals.

Setting for
this
8 Changes R, G, B & Sync OPEN For color printers
signals on connected to the
RGB INTERNAL to STMPE E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
standard: RGB INTERNAL port.
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN =
0.7V p-p.

VCR or Report control knobs. These settings are temporary, i.e. will be lost through a
power cycle or reset, unless saved in a preset.
SONOS 5500
Cabling Function Parts List From/To
RGB Signals & 77922-64010: Color Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Trigger Signal Cable INTERNAL port to printer’s R, G, B,
(contact closure) 77530-64010: Printer Control S, and CONTROL ports (wire labels:
Cable (extension) Red=UBL, Green=GR/BR,
1250-0080: BNC Barrel Blue=SPD, Black (sync)=Z,
Adapter Remote= FR/TM-COLOR AUX
REMOTE). Remote wire uses
Printer Control Cable (extension)
with Barrel Adapter.
Power 8120-4456: for 77530A From printer’s AC IN port with
(115V) Connector Lock (use printer’s
8120-2572: for 77535A screws) to: 115V power strip in cart
(240V) for 77530A;
1400-1682: Connector Lock to: 240V power strip in cart for
77535A.
SONOS 5500
Installation Description (& qty) Part Number & Comments
Parts Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
Rubber Pads (4): 77922-80280 (Required only if printer has
no feet.)
77530B/35B UP-1850 Printers: Quick Page
4 77530B/35B UP-1850 Printers

Quick Page Supplies
Color Paper 500 Sheets and 1 Ink Cartridge: SNY1010

DIP Switches: (ON = UP) (Printer power must be cycled to activate DIP switches.)
switches 4, 5, & 6: ON, switches 1, 2, 3, 7 & 8: OFF
75 Ohm (Termination) switch: ON (UP)

Processor SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR 4: OFF, 5: OFF, 9: ON
Graphics
For all systems except SONOS 100CF/200/IVUS and SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR

-Select printer model for Color Printer or Print Trigger 1 in system’s OPTIONS menu.
-Select this printer as target for various image types or PRINT buttons with SETUP.
77530B/35B UP-1850 Printers: Quick Page

SONOS 77000-65500: RGB Signals From COLOR PRINTER port.
100CF/200 77000-65560: Trigger Signal From PRINT CONTROL port to
REMOTE 2 port.
SONOS 500/ 77100-64103: RGB and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port. Yellow
1000/1500/OR, Signals; also: 1250-0080: Barrel CAMERA wire to REMOTE 2 port.
SONOS 2000/ Adapter and 77530-64010:
2500 Extension
8500GP/ 77960-64021: RGB and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port. Yellow
PHILIPS Signals; also: 1250-0080: Barrel TRIGGER 1 wire to REMOTE 2
SD800 Adapter and 77530-64010: port.
Extension For side mounting use:
77960-64022.
SONOS 1800/ M2409-60210: (2 required- one From Video/Trigger 2 port to R, G,
ImagePoint for RGB, and one for Trigger.) B, & S; from Monitor/Video/
Trigger 1 port to printer: TRIGGER
wire to REMOTE 2 port.
SONOS 5500 77922-64010: RGB and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port.
Signals; also: 1250-0080: Barrel FR/TM-COLOR AUX REMOTE
Adapter and 77530-64010: wire to REMOTE 2 port.
Extension
77530B/35B UP-1850 Printers: Table of Contents for 77530B/535B UP-1850 Printers
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77530B/535B UP-1850 Printers

77530B/535B Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
UP-1850 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Printers Thermal Head Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
System Specific Information for 77530B/535B UP-1850 Printers

SONOS 100CF, 200 System Settings for Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR System Settings for Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
SONOS 2000/2500 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
77530B/35B UP-1850 Printers: Printer Specific Information for 77530B/535B UP-1850 Printers
SONOS 2000/2500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100

SONOS 2000/2500 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
8500GP / PHILIPS SD800 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
8500GP / PHILIPS SD800 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
8500GP / PHILIPS SD800 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
SONOS 5500 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
SONOS 5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
SONOS 5500 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77530B (NTSC) & 77535B (PAL)
mation for Exchange Part #: 77530-68100 & 77535-68100
77530B/535B Manufacturer Model #: UP-1850MD (NTSC) & UP-1850EPM (PAL)
Manufacturer Service Manual: 9-974-731-01 (NTSC & PAL) Order from Sony.

Color Paper 500 Sheets and 1 Ink Cartridge: SNY1010 (Sony number: UPC-1010)
B/W Paper 500 Sheets: obsolete (Sony number: UPC-1020)
Repair Parts
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
Print Output Tray (NTSC): 3-183-227-01SON
Print Output Tray (PAL): 3-183-227-02SON
Paper Tray (NTSC): A-8310-002-ASON
Paper Tray (PAL): A-8310-002-DSON

Tools Required: small phillips head screwdriver, alcohol and a soft cloth or Q-Tip.
1. Turn the printer off and unplug it. Remove it from the ultrasound system and place it
on a suitable work surface. If the printer has no feet, place a pad or some paper
underneath it to avoid scratches.
2. Remove the top cover of the printer:
a. Remove two screws from each side and one screw from the back.
b. Slide the cover backwards, then up to remove.
3. Identify and Remove the thermal head/heat sink assembly:
a. The thermal head/heat sink assembly sits behind the MENU and EXEC keys, and
has two flat cables curled over and attached to it.
b. Open the ink cartridge door and remove the ink cartridge.
c. Remove the two flat cables from the holding tabs on the plastic cable holder; be
careful, the tabs break easily. Move the cables to the right side of the printer to
expose the two screws that secure the thermal head/heat sink assembly to the
brackets that hold it.
d. Support the assembly with a finger inserted into the ink cartridge space and
remove the two screws.
e. Detach the small fan from the assembly by removing the two screws at the fan’s
upper corners.
f. Move the plastic cable holder out of the way by prying up the two tabs near its left
edge, sliding it to the right and lifting it up off the metal plate.
g. Lift the thermal head/heat sink assembly out of the printer.
4. Remove the thermal head from the heat sink and replace it with the new one:
a. Remove the two screws nearest the outer sides of the heat sink to release the
thermal head.
b. Disconnect the two flat cables by pulling the tops of their connectors out, then pull-
ing the flat cables out.
c. Connect the cables to the new thermal head by opening the connectors, sliding
toward the heat sink. Push the tops of the connectors back in.
d. Attach the new thermal head to the heat sink with the two screws removed earlier.
e. Wipe the printing surface of the thermal head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with
5. Re-assemble the printer by performing steps 2 and 3 in reverse order.
power. For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77530B/535B
7. Perform the required printer tests for service to the printer. Refer to the system’s test
requirements (test matrices) in the system’s service documentation. To diagnose any
system detected errors, refer to the system’s service manual.

1. If any prints have been ejected and have accumulated on the paper cover, remove
them. Check for partially ejected prints, slowly pulling them out.
2. Turn off the power to the printer.
3. Remove the paper cover.
4. Carefully remove jammed paper. Slowly pull the paper into the paper tray. Never force
jammed paper down, up, backwards, or forwards; the paper may tangle or tear. If the
paper cannot be removed, proceed to the next step.
5. Remove the paper tray. If the paper has jammed around the slot to the right where the
paper is fed, remove it.
6. Load new paper into the paper tray correctly, setting it securely under the tabs. Do not
reuse jammed paper.
7. Open the front panel door and remove the ink ribbon cartridge. Slowly pull out any
jammed paper.
8. Re-insert the paper tray, paper cover, and/or ink ribbon cartridge. Close the front
panel.
9. Turn on the power to the printer and retry the print.
Switch and Back Panel Switches:
Menu Settings
DIP Switches: (ON = UP) (Printer power must be cycled to activate DIP switches.)
switches 4, 5, & 6: ON,
switches 1, 2, 3, 7 & 8: OFF
Additional information:
1&2: Print size:
1 & 2: OFF = normal, 1: ON & 2: OFF = wide, 1: OFF & 2: ON =narrow
3&4: Baud rate: (Baud rate affects RS-232 communication. Since this printer is
never used with an
RS-232 cable, baud rate settings are inconsequential.)
3 & 4: OFF = 1200, 3: ON & 4: OFF = 2400
3: OFF & 4: ON = 4800, 3 & 4: OFF = 1200
5: Inhibits Menu Key: ON = inhibited, OFF = normal
6: Gen Lock: ON = lock, OFF = free
7: Disables Beep: ON = beep off, OFF* = beep on
*Disables operation beep only, error beeps remain.
8: Reserved (OFF)


MENU: (Set DIP switch 5 to OFF, then cycle power. Press MENU, change desired
settings, (press EXEC to save settings when indicated on LCD screen), press MENU
again. Settings remain through power cycle.)
PRINT QTY: 1 FRM/FLD: <FRAME>
INPUT SEL: <RGB> SHARPNESS: 0 (centered)
MULTI PIX:
SPLIT MEM: <OFF> DUP IMAGE: <OFF>
INTERVAL: <OFF> IMAGE SIZE: <L>
SEPARATE: <OFF> MIRROR: <OFF>
COLOR ADJ:
LOAD: <1> DARK: 0 (centered)
RED: 0 (centered) LIGHT: 0 (centered)
GREEN: 0 (centered) SAVE: <1>
BLUE: 0 (centered)
SETUP:
H SHIFT: 0 dot RM2 MODE: <M&P>
V SHIFT: 0 line RM2 ACT: <1 ACT>
SIGNAL ADJ:
COLOR: 0 (centered) GAIN (contrast): +2 (2 positions right for all
systems
except +4 for SONOS 1800/ImagePoint)
HUE: 0 (centered) OFFSET (brightness): -4 (4 positions left)
AGC: <OFF>
MONITOR ADJ:
DISPLAY: <ON>
MONI RED: 0 (centered) MONITOR: <E TO E>
MONI BLUE: 0 (centered) SYNC ON G: <ON>

None available without Adjustment Remote Controller.
Error Codes
Error Code Error and Solution
CHECK RIBBON Front panel has opened. Close it.
SETTING:
FEED ERROR: Paper has jammed. Remove jammed paper. See “Removal
of Jammed Paper” on page 83
HEAD IN COOLING: Thermal head has overheated. Leave printer idle until error
message disappears.
NO CARTRIDGE: Ink ribbon cassette not installed properly. Insert the cassette
correctly.
NO PAPER: Paper tray is empty, fill it.
PAPER ERROR: Wrong paper type loaded. Insert the appropriate paper.
PREHEATING: Thermal head must preheat. Wait until error message
disappears.
REMOVE PRINTS: Paper has jammed near the paper cover. Remove the
jammed paper. See “Removal of Jammed Paper” on page
83
REMOVE STUCK Paper has jammed during printing. Remove the jammed
PAPER: paper. See “Removal of Jammed Paper” on page 83
RIBBON & PAPER Ink ribbon cassette and paper are not compatible. Use a
MISMATCH: compatible combination.

RIBBON DOOR OPEN: Front panel is open. Close it.
RIBBON END: Out of usable ribbon. Replace ink ribbon cassette.
RIBBON ERROR: Ink ribbon cassette not compatible with printer. Use correct
ink ribbon cassette.
ERRORxx: Turn off printer power.
Remove ink ribbon cassette, paper cover and paper tray.
Carefully remove any jammed paper.
Turn printer power back on. If ERRORxx still appears, turn
off power immediately and contact Sony service facility.
Trouble- When transporting the printer, remove the paper tray.

shooting & Tips In hot weather, the paper tray can become deformed and cause paper jams.
Blurred image can be corrected by selecting FIELD mode. See “Peripheral Switch and
Menu Settings” on page 84.
can be shifted to compensate. H SHIFT and V SHIFT are accessed through SETUP
function of the printer’s menu.
Head Replacement Procedure” on page 80.

Procedures soap.
out the dust.
• The thermal head can be replaced as part of the PM. Alternatively it can be replaced
upon failure. The thermal head typically lasts 10,000 prints or two years for the typical
user.
77530B/35B UP-1850 Printers: System Specific Information for 77530B/535B UP-1850 Printers
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77530B/535B
UP-1850
Printers
Compatibility SONOS 100CF, 200 - Front Mount Only
List SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR - Front Mount Only
8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 - Front or Side Mount
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint - Front Mount Only
SONOS 100CF, DIP Switches on System PCBs

Settings for
Printers
SONOS 100CF,
200 Cabling
RGB Signals 77000-65500: Color Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
Cable COLOR PRINTER port, R, G, B, &
Sync wires to appropriate ports on
printer.
Trigger Signal 77000-65560: Remote Print Mono jack end of cable from E-box
(contact closure) Cable Rear I/O Panel’s PRINT CONTROL
port, stereo jack end to printer’s
REMOTE 2 port.
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable From E-box’s AC OUT port to
07807-05060: Power Cable printer’s AC IN port. Use clamps at
Clamps both ports, using the port’s screws.
Optional Parts
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps AC OUT port. Use clamps at all 3
ports, using port’s screws.
SONOS 100CF,
200 Installation
Parts

for Printers
Setting for this
OFF for Color Sony or none. switches 4, 5 & 9
5 ON for Aspect or Sony 5000, 5200 OFF determines trigger
or 5600, format for
OFF for Matrix, Sony 3000 or 1850. CAMERA button*
9 (1st ON for Sony 3000 or 1850, ON
2nd bank)

Setting for
this
standard: E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V RGB INTERNAL port.
p-p.
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
Cabling
RGB Signals and 77100-64103*: Internal VideoFrom E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
1250-0080: BNC Barrel wires to appropriate ports on printer;
(contact closure)
Adapter yellow CAMERA wire to printer’s
77530-64010: Printer ControlREMOTE 2 port using Barrel
Cable (extension) Adapter and Control Cable
(extension).
Power 8120-5431: for 77530B From printer’s AC IN port with
(NTSC) Connector Lock (use printer’s
8120-2572: for 77535B (PAL) screws) to: isolated power strip in
1400-1682: Connector Lock cart for 77530B; to: non-isolated
power strip in cart for 77535B.
Power for printers 8120-5431 & 8120-3221: for First cable goes from printer to
that use an 77530B (NTSC) transformer, second goes from
isolation 8120-1900 & 8120-3221: for transformer to the non-isolated
transformer 77535B (PAL) power strip in cart. Use Power Cord
07807-05060: Power Cord Clamp at printer’s port (use printer’s
Clamps screws), transformer’s AC IN port
(use transformer’s screws) and PAL
transformer’s AC OUT port.
Transformer assembly listed in
installation parts (next page).

Optional Parts
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps 220V (PAL) transformer. Use clamps
at all 3 ports.
* For more information on cable 77100-64103, see Appendix A.
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
Installation
Rails (Guides):
Parts
Left (2): 77530-00120
Right (2): 77530-00130
Front (2): 2680-0118 10-32 x .5”, flat (flush) head, phillips
2680-0057 with 2 washers (1/screw)
Rear (2):
3050-0019: 13/64”
Mounting Tray (no front panel or side 77530-00101
brackets needed):

Screws for Mounting Tray to printer:
Left (2): 0515-1014 M4 x 16mm Flat Pozi
Right (2): 2510-0045 8-32 x 3/8”
CAUTION: Damage to printer if right (Printer’s feet and side screws get removed.)
screws are longer than 3/8".
Screws for Mounting Tray to Rails
Front (2): 0515-1014
2510-0045
Rear (2):
Screws for Mounting Tray and blank 77020-20040
panels into cart:
Tinnerman Nuts for Mounting Tray and 0590-0804
Rubber Grommets (2): 0400-0378
Small Brackets that hold Rubber 77530-00140
Grommets (2):
Screws for Small Brackets into Rails 2680-0051 8/32 pan pozi x .625" length
(2):
Locking Pins that attach to Mounting 77101-22010 (Mate with Grommets.)
Tray (2):
Nuts for Locking Pins to Mounting Tray 2580-0006
(2):

Nylon Rivets on bottom edge of Rails 0361-1370 (2 on each Rail.)
(4):
(115V out):
(220V out):
Screws & Washers for Transformer to Screws (2): 2680-0055 Washers (2):
weld nuts in Rails: 3050-0019
Transformer:
Screw for Clamp to side of Transformer 2360-0118
(1):

2500 System Processor Graphics Board
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL to STMPE standard: connected to the
E-box Rear I/O
Panel’s
RGB INTERNAL
port.

cycle or reset, unless saved in a preset.
SONOS 2000/
2500 Cabling
RGB Signals and 77100-64103*: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
(contact closure) 1250-0080: BNC Barrel wires to appropriate ports on printer;
Adapter yellow CAMERA wire to printer’s
77530-64010: Printer Control REMOTE 2 port using Barrel
Cable (extension) Adapter and Control Cable
(extension).
(115V) Connector Lock (use printer’s
8120-2572: for 77535B screws) to: 115V power strip in cart
(240V) for 77530B;
1400-1682: Connector Lock to: 240V power strip in cart for
77535B.

SONOS 2000/
2500 Installation
Parts
Rails (Guides):
Left (2): 77530-00120
Right (2): 77530-00130
Front (2): 0515-1020
Rear (2): 0515-2506
Tinnerman Nuts for Rails to cart (4): 0535-0093
Mounting Tray (No front panel or side 77530-00102
brackets needed.):
Screws for Mounting Tray to printer:
Left (2): 0515-1014 M4 x 16mm Flat Pozi
Right (2): 2510-0045 8-32 x 3/8”
CAUTION: Damage to printer if right (Printer’s feet and side screws get removed.)
screws are longer than 3/8".
Screws for Mounting Tray to Rails
Front (2): 0515-1014
Rear (2): 2510-0045
Screws for Mounting Tray and blank 77921-22320: M5 x 16mm, pan head with
panels into cart: washer, torx (T25)
Tinnerman Nuts for Front and Blank 0535-0093
Panels to cart:

Small Brackets that hold Rubber 77530-00140
Grommets (2):
Screws for Small Brackets into Rails (2): 2680-0051 8/32 pan pozi x .625" length
Locking Pins that attach to Mounting Tray 77101-22010 (Mate with Grommets.)
(2):
Nuts for Locking Pins to Mounting Tray 2580-0006
(2):
Nylon Rivets on bottom edge of Rails (4): 0361-1370 (2 on each Rail.)
8500GP / DIP Switches on System PCBs

PHILIPS SD800 Processor Graphics Board
System Settings The PG board in the 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 line does not have any switches that
for Printers directly affect system peripherals.
Setting for
this
E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
RGB INTERNAL port.

get for the PRINT 1 or PRINT 2 buttons using the PRINT 1 or PRINT 2 control knobs.
8500GP /
PHILIPS SD800
Cabling
RGB Signals Internal Video Cable*: From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
and 77960-64021: short for front INTERNAL port, R, G, B, and Sync
Trigger Signal mount 77960-64022: long, for wires to appropriate ports on printer;
(contact side mount yellow TRIGGER 1 wire to printer’s
closure) 1250-0080: BNC Barrel REMOTE 2 port using Barrel Adapter
Adapter and Mini Phono Extension.
77530-64010: Printer Control
Cable (extension)
Power Cable 8120-5431: for 77530B From printer’s AC IN port with
for Front (NTSC) Connector Lock (use printer’s screws)
Mounting 8120-1900: for 77535B (PAL) to: 115V power strip in cart for 77530B;
1400-1682: connector lock to: 240V power strip in cart for 77535B.

Power Cable 8120-4456: for 77530B From printer’s AC IN port with
for Side (NTSC) Connector Lock (use printer’s screws)
Mounting 8120-1579: for 77535B (PAL) to: 115V power strip in cart for 77530B;
1400-1682: Connector Lock to: 240V power strip in cart for 77535B.
* When this printer is installed in the side garage and an IIE Multi-Image Camera is also
installed (SD800 only), the yellow TRIGGER 1 wire on cable 77960-64022 connects to
the System I/O Panel’s PRINT port, using right angle BNC adapter 1250-0076.
8500GP / Installation Parts for Front Mounted Printers

PHILIPS SD800
Installation
Rails:
Parts
Left (2): 77960-00470
Right (2): 77960-00480
(Holes toward front of system, slots toward rear.)
Screws for Rails to cart (4): 77921-22320 (5M x .8 x 16mm Dress, use T25
screwdriver.)
Mounting Tray (No front panel 77960-00770 (Printer’s feet DO NOT get removed.)
needed.):
Screws for printer to Mounting Tray 0515-1114 (Printer’s side screws get removed. Use
(4): T10 screwdriver.)
Screws for Mounting Tray to Rails 77921-22320 (At rear of each rail, up from bottom
(2): of rail through Mounting Tray.)
Installation Parts for Side Mounted Printers

Peripheral Support Tray: 77960-00340
Screws for Support Tray into cart (6): 2510-0194 (Up from bottom with
controller open.)
Pull Out Tray: 77960-00360 (Torx screwdriver
8710-2130 is attached to the Tray Mount
behind the printer with cable clamp
1400-1720 for SD800 systems.)
Screws for Front Panel to Tray (4): 0515-1102 (Printer’s feet do NOT get
removed.)
Screws for printer into Tray (4): 0515-0086
Also use spacers (8) 0380-1220 - 2 for
each screw 0380-1220
Front Panels
Mushroom Gray (for SD800 systems): 77960-00510
Glacier Gray (for M2412A systems): 77960-00512
Screws for Front Panels to Tray (4): 0515-1102

ImagePoint Processor Graphics Board
System Settings The PG board in the SONOS 1800/ImagePoint does not have any switches that directly
for Printers affect system peripherals.
Setting for
this
8 Changes R, G, B & Sync signals for OPEN For color printers
RGB INTERNAL to STMPE connected to
standard: Internal I/O/I Panel’s
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V p-p. VIDEO/TRIGGER 2
port.
PDM Voltage Switches:
Ensure that PDM AC OUT socket used for this printer is set for the correct voltage.

Select “UP-1850” or “UP-1850P” for Print Trigger 1 in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST
MENU, OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS). Internally mounted color printers are
always on Trigger 1.
SONOS 1800/
ImagePoint
Cabling
RGB Signals M2409-60210: Video Output Cable From Internal IOI Panel’s
Video/Trigger 2 port to printer:
R, G, B, & S wires to
appropriate ports on printer.
Trigger Signal Another From Internal IOI Panel’s
(contact M2409-60210: Video Output Cable Monitor/Video/Trigger 1 port
closure) to printer: TRIGGER wire to
printer’s Remote 2 port.
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable OR From PDM AC OUT sockets
8120-2133: 8’ Power Cable (J3 thru J6) to printer’s AC IN
1400-1682: Connector Lock port. Use Retainer Bracket
5080-2456: Cord Retainer Kit: (with cable ties) at PDM, use
5001-9852: Retainer Bracket Connector Lock at Printer’s
0515-0210: Screws (2) port (use printer’s screws).
SONOS 1800/
ImagePoint
Installation
Shelf Strap (1): 19500-80004
Parts

for Printers The PG board in the SONOS 5500 does not have any switches that directly affect system
peripherals.
Setting for
this
CLOSED = 1V p-p, E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
OPEN = 0.7V p-p. RGB INTERNAL port.

SONOS 5500
Cabling
RGB Signals 77922-64010: Color Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
& Trigger Cable INTERNAL port to printer’s R, G, B, S,
Signal 77530-64010: Printer Control and Remote 2 ports (wire labels:
(contact Cable (extension) Red=UBL, Green=GR/BR, Blue=SPD,
closure) Black (sync)=Z, Remote= FR/
TM-COLOR AUX REMOTE). Remote
wire uses Printer Control Cable
(extension).
(115V) Connector Lock (use printer’s screws)
8120-2572: for 77535B to: 115V power strip in cart for 77530B;
(240V) to: 240V power strip in cart for 77535B.
SONOS 5500
Installation
Parts
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
77530D UP-2950 Printer: Quick Page
5 77530D UP-2950 Printer

Quick Page Supplies
Color Paper and Ink Cartridges for 1000 prints: SNY2010
Thermal Head: 1-500-473-11SON

NTSC/PAL switch: set to match system

Video I/O SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ 8: OPEN
ImagePoint Hx
& SONOS 5500
For SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx & SONOS 5500

-Select printer model for Color Printer or Print Trigger 1 in system’s OPTIONS menu
(use “UP-2950” if it is available, otherwise use “UP-1850” or “UP-1850P”).
-Select this printer as target for various image types with SETUP (SONOS 5500 only).
77530D UP-2950 Printer: Quick Page

SONOS 1800/ M2409-60210: (2 required- one From Video/Trigger 2 port to R, G,
ImagePoint/ for RGB, and one for Trigger.)B, & S; from Monitor/Video/
ImagePoint Hx Trigger 1 port to printer:
TRIGGER* wire to REMOTE 2
port.
SONOS 4500/ 77922-64010: RGB and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port.
5500 Signals; also: 1250-0080: BNC FR/TM-COLOR AUX REMOTE
Barrel Adapter and 77530-64010: wire to REMOTE 2 port.
Extension
Note:* If a color printer is present, the color printer gets TRIGGER from the first cable
and the b/w printer gets TRIGGER from the second cable on the VIDEO/TRIGGER 2
port.
77530D UP-2950 Printer: Table of Contents for 77530D UP-2950 Printer
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77530D UP-2950 Printer

Contents for Identifying Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
77530D Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
UP-2950 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Printer Thermal Head Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Removal of Jammed Paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Menu Navigation for the 77530D (Sony UP-2950MD) Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Troubleshooting & Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Preventive Maintenance Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
System Specific Information for 77530D UP-2950 Printer
Compatibility List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . 128
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
SONOS 4500/5500 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
SONOS 4500/5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
77530D UP-2950 Printer: Printer Specific Information for 77530D UP-2950 Printer

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77530D (NTSC & PAL)
mation for Exchange Part #: 77530-68300
77530D Manufacturer Model #: UP-2950MD (NTSC & PAL)
Printer Manufacturer U.S. Technical Support Phone #: 1-800-882-3891
Manufacturer Service Manual: 9-977-296-11 Order from Sony.

Color Paper and Ink Cartridge for 1000 prints: SNY2010 (Sony number: UPC-2010)
NOTE: Use only the specified paper and ink for this printer. UP-1850 printer paper and
ink will NOT work in the UP-2950MD printer.
Repair Parts
Front Door Assembly: X-3679-345-1SON also order Label with Philips Ultrasound
settings:
77530-80200
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
Print Output Tray: 3-609-528-01SON

on a suitable work surface. Place a pad or some paper underneath it to avoid
scratches.
2. Remove the access door from the bottom of the printer:
a. Turn the printer over and remove the one screw that holds the access door in
place.
b. Lift the back of the door up, and slide it backwards to remove.
3. Remove the head presser and the heat sink:

a. Remove the head presser (the long metal bracket with triangular tabs pressing on
the thermal head assembly) by removing the two screws at its ends and lifting it
out.
b. Remove the heat sink by loosening the two screws in between the fins and lifting it
out.
4. Remove the thermal head assembly and replace the thermal head:
a. Disconnect the two flat cables from the thermal head by reaching underneath
each cable with a finger and gently pulling up until the cable pops out of its con-
nector (the one-piece connectors remain on the thermal head).
b. Lift the thermal head assembly out of the notches and off of the pins of the side
brackets.
c. Remove the thermal head by removing the two screws that hold it to the plate.
Attach the new thermal head to the plate with these same screws.
d. Wipe the printing surface of the thermal head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with
e. Replace the assembly back into the notches and onto the pins of the side brack-
ets. Spread the side brackets slightly so the pins on the assembly go all the way
into the notches.
f. Re-connect the cables by gently inserting each cable into its connector as far as it
will go, with the exposed wires side toward the metal plate of the thermal head.
power. For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77530D UP-2950
Printer section.
7. Perform the required printer tests for service to the printer. Refer to the system’s test
requirements (Test Block “P” of the System Test and Inspection Matrix) in the sys-
tem’s service documentation. To diagnose any system detected errors, refer to the
system’s service manual.

1. Open the front panel.
3. Turn off the power to the printer.
5. Carefully remove jammed paper. Slowly pull the paper into the paper tray. Never force
jammed paper down, up, backwards, or forwards; the paper may tangle or tear. If the
paper cannot be removed, proceed to the next step.
6. Remove the paper tray. If the paper has jammed around the slot on the left where the
7. Load new paper into the paper tray correctly, setting it securely under the tabs. Do not
reuse jammed paper.
8. Remove the ink ribbon cartridge. If the ink ribbon cartridge cannot be removed, the
printer must not be operated. Slowly pull out any jammed paper.
9. Re-insert the paper tray, paper cover, and/or ink ribbon cartridge. Close the front
panel.
10. Turn on the power to the printer. If no error messages appear, the printer can be used
normally (the printer’s image memory has been cleared). If the same error message
appears, the printer must not be operated.
Peripheral NTSC/PAL switch on back panel: set to match system.

Switch and Menu Settings: (See next page for navigation instructions.)
Menu Settings Philips
Ultrasound
Submenu Default
Menu Selection selection Setting Comments
COLOR ADJUST LOAD COLOR (N/A) When LOAD 1, 2 or 3 is
CYN-RED -3 highlighted, settings appear
MAG-GRN 1 automatically
YEL-BLU 1
DARK 2 To save a set: adjust all settings
LIGHT 2 on this screen as desired; at
SHARPNESS 2 SAVE highlight 1, 2 or 3 to
identify the set; press Execute.
SAVE COLOR (N/A)
LAYOUT SETUP MEMORY FRAME
WINDOW: NTSC PAL START values shift printed
H START 00 -12 image, WIDTH values change
V START 00 00 size.
H WIDTH 800 800
V WIDTH 472 556
CAPTION OFF Setting is **** if Sony serial # is
> 10897.
Philips
Ultrasound
Submenu Default
PRINTER PRINT QTY 1
SETUP INTERVAL OFF
GAMMA NORMAL
SYSTEM:
LCD-CTR 7
BAUDRATE 4800 (Baud rate affects RS-232
BEEP ON communication. Since this
APPLI STANDARD printer is never used with an
RS-232 cable, baud rate
settings are inconsequential.)
FUNCTION:
AUTO LIVE ON
IMMED. CAP. OFF
RM2 FUNC C&PRINT
CLEAR ALL
INPUT SETUP INPUT SELECT RGB
GAIN 0
OFFSET 1
AGC OFF
Philips
Ultrasound
Submenu Default
OUTPUT SETUP DISPLAY ON
SOURCE EE
SYNC ON G OFF
MONI C-R 0
MONI M-G 0
MONI Y-B 0
Menu Navigation for the 77530D (Sony UP-2950MD) Printer

The MENU button and arrow keys are located on the printer’s key panel, behind the front
panel door. Menu selections appear on the printer’s LCD (upon pressing MENU). When
the MENU button is pressed, the LCD returns to the menu or submenu that was dis-
played the last time the menu was accessed.
At the main menu, the active menu item is spelled out on the first line of the LCD display.
The second line contains abbreviations for all menu items, with the active one in capital
letters. (See the example below.)
Main menu with Color Adjust active:
COLOR ADJUST
/COL/l/p/i/o
Right or left arrow keys cycle through the menu items. Up or down arrow keys cycle
through the submenu items, then return to the main menu. When submenu items are dis-
played, the submenu item is on the first line and its setting is on the second. Right or left
arrow keys change submenu settings; the change can take a second or two to appear.
Press the MENU key to exit.
The Color Adjust menu has two special submenu items: LOAD COLOR and SAVE
COLOR, in addition to its five adjustable parameters. Three sets of the five color param-
eters can be stored (saved). These three sets will remain in the printer when the power is
turned off. To save a set of color parameters, adjust each parameter as desired, go to
SAVE COLOR and select a number (1, 2, or 3) to identify the set, then press the EXE-
CUTE button (on the key panel). To load (recall) a set, simply go to LOAD COLOR and
select 1, 2 or 3. The predefined parameter set is recalled automatically.
Color adjustments that are not saved take effect immediately, but will be lost when the
printer is turned off.
NOTE: Only COLOR ADJUST parameters have this “save/temporary-if-not-saved” fea-

ture. All other submenu settings are saved automatically, i.e. if mistakenly or
inadvertently changed, will remain at the new value through a power cycle. This
printer does NOT have a switch to lock out access to menu settings.

Printer has a service mode with test patterns. Enter this mode by powering up while hold-
ing down the right and left arrow keys. PATTERN and the test pattern name appear on
the LCD. Select a different pattern with the right or left arrow keys. Then press the EXEC
key to store the pattern in memory. Then press PRINT to print the test pattern. Exit the
service mode by cycling the power.
Error Codes
Error Messages: accompanied by lit ALARM lamp
Message Possible causes and remedies

MECHA TROUBLE The ink ribbon cartridge is not loaded correctly.
HEAD The paper has jammed inside the printer. Check the position
where paper has jammed and remove any jammed paper
from the printer.
MECAH TROUBLE The paper tray has moved out of position. Contact your Sony
TRAY service facility or your Sony dealer to clear error status.
MECHA TROUBLE The paper has jammed inside the printer. Check the position
PLATEN where paper has jammed and gently remove any jammed
paper from the printer.
LOAD PAPER where paper has jammed and gently remove any jammed

EJECT where paper has jammed and gently remove any jammed
CHUCK where paper has jammed and gently remove any jammed
CHECK RIBBON The ink ribbon cartridge is defective. Replace it.
The ink ribbon has torn. Repair the tear with transparent
tape.
Ink ribbon cartridge is not compatible. Use only cartridges
approved for this printer. (UP-1850 cartridges will NOT work.)
PAPER JAMMING The paper has jammed inside the printer. Check the position
where paper has jammed and gently remove any jammed
SENSOR TROUBLE Sensor trouble has occurred. The printer must not be
operated any further. Turn off the power immediately and
contact your Sony service facility or your Sony dealer.
END OF RIBBON The ink ribbon has been exhausted. Replace the ink ribbon
cartridge.
INSERT RIBBON The ink ribbon cartridge is not loaded.
SET PAPER Paper has been exhausted. Load more paper into the paper
tray
The paper tray is not installed.

INSERT RIBBON The ink ribbon cartridge and paper are not loaded.
SET PAPER
REMOVE PRINTS The maximum number of printouts has accumulated on the
paper cover.
REMOVE PAPER The paper has jammed around the paper tray as it is being
TRAY fed into the ribbon area. Gently remove any jammed paper
from the printer.
CLOSE COVER Upper lid of unit is opened. Close it.
(See following for Warning messages.)
Warning Messages: (ALARM lamp will NOT be lit)

PLEASE WAIT NOW The printer prevents any other operation during printing. Wait
PRINTING until the printer finishes printing, then retry the operation.
HIT ANY KEY This message appears when the remote control unit is used
in CAPTURE STOP mode and when the printer stops
capturing images to memory pages once image memory is
full.
INPUT MISMATCH or The TV format (NTSC or PAL) of the signal from the source
INPUT ILLEGAL equipment is not compatible with the TV format of the printer.
The input signal is not correct (e.g. audio instead of video
signal). Ensure correct connections.

PLEASE WAIT Printing is queued for the selected memory page. Retry the
RESERVED MEMORY operation once the printer finishes printing.
NO INPUT The printer is not receiving an input signal from equipment
corresponding to the input selected on the INPUT SETUP
menu. Check the INPUT SETUP menu for correctness.
Check whether the video equipment is outputting a video
signal in playback mode. Ensure correct connections.
NO IMAGE The image is not captured in memory. Capture the image in
memory, then start printing.
PLEASE WAIT HEAD The thermal head has overheated. Leave the printer alone
IN COOLING until the head cools down and this message disappears. The
printer starts printing automatically.
PLEASE WAIT SET IN The inside of the printer has overheated. Leave the printer
COOLING alone until the head cools down and this message
disappears. The printer starts printing automatically.
Trouble- Paper jams can be caused by using wrong paper, a bad lot of paper, or static electricity
shooting & Tips on the paper. Use only sony UP-2950 printer paper (UP-1850 paper or ink cartridges will
NOT work), rub fingers on paper edges to clear static, vacuum inside of printer, carefully
clean rollers with anti-static wipe, store paper flat, air out paper when opening a new box,
pass hand over all 4 sides of new paper to clear static, do not overfill the paper tray.
Blurred image can be corrected by setting the MEMORY mode (within LAYOUT SETUP)
to FIELD mode. See “Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings” on page 119.
can be shifted to compensate. H START and V START are accessed through WINDOW
function of the printer’s LAYOUT SETUP menu.
Head Replacement Procedure” on page 115.

Procedures soap.
out the dust.
Q-tip, moistened with ethyl alcohol. The thermal head typically lasts 10000 prints or
two years for the typical user. Cleaning the thermal head will ensure this long life.
• The thermal head can be replaced as part of the pm. Alternatively it can be replaced
on failure.
77530D UP-2950 Printer: System Specific Information for 77530D UP-2950 Printer
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77530D
UP-2950
Printer
Compatibility SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx - Front Mount Only
List SONOS 4500/5500 - Front Mount Only

ImagePoint/ Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
ImagePoint Hx (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)
System Settings
Setting for
for Printers this
RGB INTERNAL to STMPE standard: connected to
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V p-p. Internal IOI Panel’s
VIDEO/TRIGGER 2
port.
PDM Voltage Switches:

Ensure that PDM AC OUT socket used for this printer is set for the correct voltage.

The A.1 software has a “UP-2950” selection for Print Trigger 1 in system's OPTIONS
menu (TEST MENU, OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS). Internally mounted color
printers are always on Trigger 1.
NOTE: If the “UP-2950” selection for trigger settings in RST is not available, use the
“UP-1850” selection (for NTSC) or “UP-1850P” selection (for PAL). Trigger signal
format for the two printers is similar, so either setting will work with the 77530D
(Sony UP-2950MD) printer.
SONOS 1800/
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
RGB M2409-60210: Video From Internal IOI Panel’s Video/Trigger 2 port to
Cabling
Signals Output Cable printer: R, G, B, & S wires to appropriate ports on
printer.

Trigger Another From Internal IOI Panel’s Monitor/Video/Trigger 1
Signal M2409-60210: Video port to printer: TRIGGER wire to printer’s Remote
(contact Output Cable 2 port.
closure)
Power 8120-2572: Power From PDM AC OUT sockets (J3 thru J6) to printer’s
Cable OR AC IN port. Use Retainer Bracket (with cable ties)
8120-2133: 8’ Power at PDM, use Connector Lock at Printer’s port (use
Cable printer’s screws).
1400-1682: Connector
Lock
5080-2456: Cord
Retainer Kit:
5001-9852: Retainer
Bracket
0515-0210: Screws
(2)
SONOS 1800/
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290 (Special black strap
Installation
for this printer.)
Parts
Rubber Pads (8): 77922-80280 (Remove printer’s
feet and put 2 pads in place of
each foot.)

5500 System Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
Settings for (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)
Printers
Setting for this
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V Panel’s
p-p. RGB INTERNAL
port.
this system is not supported. See Appendix A more information on these switches.

The A.1 software has a “UP-2950” selection for Color Printer in system's OPTIONS
menu (TEST MENU, OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS).
NOTE: If the “UP-2950” selection for Color Printer in RST is not available, use the
“UP-1850” selection (for NTSC) or “UP-1850P” selection (for PAL). Signal format
for the two printers is similar, so either setting will work with the 77530D (Sony
UP-2950MD) printer.
SONOS 4500/
5500 Cabling
and Cable INTERNAL port to printer’s R, G, B, S,
Trigger Signal 1250-0080: BNC Barrel and Remote 2 ports (wire labels:
Adapter Red=UBL, Green=GR/BR, Blue=SPD,
(contact
77530-64010: Printer Control Black (sync)=Z, Remote= FR/
closure)
Cable (extension) TM-COLOR AUX REMOTE). Remote
wire uses BNC Barrel Adapter and
Printer Control Cable (extension).
Power 8120-5431: From printer’s AC IN port with
1400-1682: Connector Lock Connector Lock (use printer’s screws)
to: 115V power strip.
SONOS 4500/
5500 Installation
Parts
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
Rubber Pads (8): 77922-80280 (Remove printer’s feet and
put 2 pads in place of each foot.)
77530E SONY UP-21MD/SYN Printer: Quick Page
6 77530E SONY UP-21MD/SYN Printer

Quick Page Supplies
Color Paper and Ink Cartridges for 1000 prints: Sony number: UPC-21L
(long color paper)
Sony number: UPC-21S
(short color paper)
Thermal Head Block Assembly: 77530-80096
Paper Tray Assembly: 77530-80097

NTSC/PAL switch: set to match system

Video I/O SONOS 4500/5500/7500 8: OPEN
For SONOS 4500/5500/7500 and ImagePoint:

• Select printer model for Color Printer or Print Trigger 1 in system’s OPTIONS menu
(Use “UP-21MD/SYN,” if available. Otherwise, use “UP-2950,” if available. If neither is
available, use “UP-1850” or “UP-1850P”).
• Select this printer as target for various image types with SETUP (SONOS 4500,
5500, 7500 only).

SONOS 1800/ M2409-60210: (Two required- From Video/Trigger 2 port to R, G,
ImagePoint/ one for RGB and one for Trigger.) B, and S; from Monitor/Video/
ImagePoint Hx Trigger 1 port to printer:
TRIGGER* wire to REMOTE 2
port.
SONOS 4500/ 77922-64010: RGB and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port.
5500/7500 Signals; also: 1250-0080: BNC FR/TM-COLOR AUX REMOTE
Barrel Adapter and 77530-64010: wire to REMOTE 2 port.
Extension
port.
77530E SONY UP-21MD/SYN Printer: Table of Contents for 77530E SONY UP-21MD/SYN Printer
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77530E SONY UP-21MD/SYN Printer

77530E SONY Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
UP-21MD/SYN Repair Parts and Supplied Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Printer Removing the Top Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Removing the Ribbon Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Removing Front Panel Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Removing Mechanical Deck Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Replacing the Thermal Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Menu Navigation for the 77530E Sony UP-21MD/SYN Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Error Messages (ALARM lamp is lit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Warning Messages (ALARM lamp will NOT be lit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Preventive Maintenance (PM) Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
System Specific Information for the UP-21MD/SYN
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
77530E SONY UP-21MD/SYN Printer: Printer Specific Information for 77530E SONY UP-21MD/SYN Printer

Specific Infor- Philips Model #: 77530E (NTSC & PAL)
77530E SONY Manufacturer Model #: UP-21MD/SYN (NTSC & PAL)
UP-21MD/SYN Manufacturer Name: Sony
Manufacturer Service Manuals: Order from Sony: Parts #s 9-955-307-11 and
9-955-307-21

Color Paper and Ink Cartridge for 1000 prints: Sony number: UPC-21L or UPC-21S
• UPC-21L Color Printing Pack contains color ink ribbon cartridge and paper. Color ink
ribbon, 4 rolls 100 x 144mm (5 3/4 x 8 3/8 inches) size paper, 1 package
(50 sheets) x 4.
• UPC-21S Color Printing Pack contains color ink ribbon cartridge and paper. Color ink
ribbon, 3 rolls 90 x 100mm (5 3/4 x 8 3/8 inches) size paper, 1 package
(80 sheets) x 4.
NOTE: Use only the specified paper and ink for this printer. UP-1850 or UP-2950MD
printer paper and ink will NOT work in the UP-21MD/SYN printer.
Repair Parts and Supplied Accessories

Thermal Head: 77530-80096
Paper Tray: 77530-80097
Removing the Top Cover

1. Remove the five M3 case fixing
screws and then remove the top
cover.
2. Re-attach the top cover in the reverse
order of step 1.
Removing the Ribbon Panel Assembly

1. Remove the top cover (see page 140)
2. Pull out the paper tray assembly in the
direction indicated by arrow 1 in the
illustration.
3. Release the door eject lever and pull out
the ribbon panel assembly in the direc-
tion indicated by arrow 2.
4. Pull out the print media in the direction
indicated by arrow 3.
Procedure continues. . .
5. Remove the four screws and thrust

retainer boss, and then open the
VPR-74 board in the direction
indicated by the arrow in the
illustration.
6. Disconnect the flexible flat cable from
the connector (CN203) on the SY-299
board.
7. Remove the front panel (see
page 144).
8. Remove the two screws (BVTT 3 x 6) and

then remove the door stoppers (L and R).
9. Insert pins into the two holes of sliders and
remove the ribbon panel assembly.
10. Remove the two screws (BVTT 3 x 6) and
four claws, then remove the ribbon panel.
11. Disconnect one flexible flat cable and one
harness from the connectors (CN301 and
CN302) on the KEY-49 board.
12. Remove the four screws (BVTT 3 x 6), then
remove the KEY-49 board.
13. Remove the four screws (BVTT 3 x 6), then
remove the front plate assembly.
14. Remove one screw (PTT 2 x 10), then
remove the interlock plate and SE-642
board.
15. Re-attach the ribbon panel assembly in the
reverse order of steps 1 to 14.
Removing Front Panel Assembly

1. Remove the top cover (see
page 140).
2. Remove the paper tray assembly
(see page 141).
3. Remove the ribbon panel assembly
(see page 141).
4. Remove the four screws and four
claws and then remove the front
panel assembly.
5. Re-attach the front panel assembly in
the reverse order of steps 1 to 4.
Removing Mechanical Deck Assembly

1. Remove the top cover (see
page 140).
2. Disconnect the four flexible flat cables
and one harness from the connectors
(CN102, CN301, CN401, CN601, and
CN901) on the VPR-74 board.
(see page 141).
4. Remove the front panel assembly
(see page 144).
5. Disconnect the four flexible flat cables
from the connectors (CN201, CN301,
CN302, and CN401) on the SY-299
board.
6. Remove the four screws, then
remove the SY-299 board and
mechanical partition plate.
7. Remove the two screws and then

remove the front stay assembly.
8. Remove the power button, then
remove the power switch rod.
9. Remove the two screws (B 4 x 20)

and then remove the DC fan.
10. Disconnect the two harnesses from
the connectors (CN201 and CN207)
on the MEC-15 board.
11. Disconnect one harness connected to
the thermal head from the switching
regulator.
12. Remove the four screws (BVTT 3 x 6)
and then remove the mechanical deck
assembly in the direction indicated by
the arrow in the illustration.
13. Disconnect the five harnesses from

the connectors (CN105, CN203,
CN204, CN205, and CN206) and the
four flexible flat cables from the con-
nectors (CN102, CN103, CN104, and
CN106).
14. Remove the three screws and then
remove the MEC-15 board.
15. Attach mechanical deck assembly in
the reverse order of steps 1 to 14.
Replacing the Thermal Head

To replace the thermal head (refer to the
illustration for steps 5 through 9):
1. Remove the top cover (see page 140).
(see page 141).
3. Remove the front panel assembly
(see page 144).
4. Remove the mechanical deck assem-
bly (see page 145).
5. Disconnect one harness from the con-
nector (CN204) on the MEC-15 board.
6. Disconnect flexible flat cable that goes
to SY-299 board from thermal head.
7. Disconnect harness that goes to
switching regulator from thermal
head.
8. Remove the two screws (M 3 x 14),
and then remove the DC fan.
9. Remove the two screws (M 2.5 x 8), and then remove the head assembly.
10. Attach new head assembly in the reverse order of steps 1 to 9.
NOTE: When attaching the head assembly, set the assembly in the direction indicated
by the arrow in the illustration, and then tighten the two screws.

If the paper jams after you press the PRINT button, remove the jammed paper as follows:
1. Remove the paper tray.
If any printouts have been ejected onto the paper
tray and have accumulated on the paper tray,
remove them before removing the paper tray.
2. Check whether any paper is jammed inside the

printer. If you find a jammed sheet, slowly pull it
straight out.
Warning: Pulling out jammed paper from inside
the printer with force can cause internal
mechanical damage.
3. Load the paper into the paper tray correctly.

NOTES: Set the
paper
• Do not reuse the jammed paper. Discard it. securely
• Only use paper recommend for this printer. under
the tabs.
4. Reinsert the paper tray into the printer.

Peripheral NTSC/PAL switch on back panel: set to match system.

Switch and Menu Settings: (See next page for navigation instructions.)
Menu Settings Philips
Ultrasound
Submenu Default
COLOR ADJUST LOAD COLOR (N/A) When LOAD 1, 2 or 3 is
CYN-RED -1 highlighted, settings appear
MAG-GRN 0 automatically
YEL-BLU -1
DARK -1 To save a set: adjust all settings
LIGHT 6 on this screen as desired; at
SHARPNESS 14 SAVE highlight 1, 2 or 3 to
identify the set; press Execute.
SAVE COLOR (N/A)
LAYOUT SETUP MEMORY FRAME
WINDOW: NTSC PAL START values shift printed
H START 00 00 image, WIDTH values change
V START 00 00 size.
H WIDTH 960 960
V WIDTH 464 556
CAPTION OFF Setting is **** if Sony serial # is
> 10897.
Philips
Ultrasound
Submenu Default
PRINTER PRINT QTY 1
SETUP PRN SPEED HIGH
GAMMA NORMAL
SYSTEM:
LCD-CTR 7
BAUDRATE 4800 (Baud rate affects RS-232
BEEP ON communication. Since this
IRE 100 printer is never used with an
RS-232 cable, baud rate
settings are inconsequential.)
FUNCTION:
AUTO LIVE ON
IMMED. CAP. OFF
RM2 FUNC C&PRINT
CLEAR ALL
GAIN 0
OFFSET 1
AGC OFF
Philips
Ultrasound
Submenu Default
OUTPUT SETUP DISPLAY ON
RBN REMAIN OFF
SOURCE EE
SYNC ON G OFF
MONI C-R 0
MONI M-G 0
MONI Y-B 0
Menu The MENU button and arrow

Navigation for keys are located on the
the 77530E printer’s key panel. Menu
Sony UP-21MD/ selections appear on the
SYN Printer printer’s LCD (upon pressing
MENU). The illustration
shows the complete printer
menu tree.
When the MENU button is
pressed, the LCD returns to
the menu or submenu that
was displayed the last time
the menu was accessed.
At the main menu, the active
menu item is spelled out on
the first line of the LCD
display. The second line
contains abbreviations for all
menu items, with the active
one in capital letters. (See
the example below.)
Main menu with Color Adjust
active:
COLOR ADJUST
/COL/lay/prn/in/out/
Right or left arrow keys cycle through the menu items. Up or down arrow keys cycle
through the submenu items, then return to the main menu. When submenu items are
displayed, the submenu item is on the first line and its setting is on the second. Right or
left arrow keys change submenu settings; the change can take a second or two to
appear. Press the MENU key to exit.
COLOR, in addition to its five adjustable parameters. Three sets of the five color param-
eters can be stored (saved). These three sets will remain in the printer when the power is
turned off. To save a set of color parameters, adjust each parameter as desired, go to
SAVE COLOR and select a number (1, 2, or 3) to identify the set, then press the EXE-
CUTE button (on the key panel). To load (recall) a set, simply go to LOAD COLOR and
select 1, 2 or 3. The predefined parameter set is recalled automatically.

Error Handling There are two kinds of messages: error messages and warning messages.
Error Messages (ALARM lamp is lit)

If a problem occurs, the ALARM lamp lights in orange and an error message stating the
problem appears on the monitor and in the printer window display.
Error Message Possible causes and remedies

SET RIBBON AND PAPER An ink ribbon and paper are not loaded. Load the ink
ribbon and paper.
SET PAPER RIBBON • Paper has been exhausted. Load the paper. Also,
replace the ink ribbon.
• The paper tray is not installed. Install the paper
tray.
SET RIBBON The ink ribbon is not loaded. Load the ink ribbon.
RIBBON END • The ink ribbon has been exhausted. Replace the
old ribbon with a new ribbon. (The ink ribbon can-
not be reused.) If the white paper is ejected. Dis-
card this paper.
• The ink ribbon has torn. Repair it.
REMOVE PRINTS The maximum number of printouts has accumulated
on the paper tray. Remove the printouts. Printing
starts again.
REMOVE PAPER TRAY The paper jams around the paper tray. Remove the
paper tray and pull out any jammed paper.

PAPER MISMATCH The ink ribbon and paper are not compatible. Use the
ink ribbon and paper that are contained in the same
package.
CLOSE DOOR The front door is open. Close it.
CHECK RIBBON • The ink ribbon has torn. Repair it.
• An ink ribbon that cannot be used with this printer
has been loaded. Load the appropriate ink ribbon.
MECHA TROUBLE: LOAD Paper has jammed inside the printer. Remove any
jammed paper from the printer and press the PRINT
button again. If the error message remains, contact
your Sony dealer to remove the jammed paper.
MECHA TROUBLE: EJECT Paper has jammed inside the printer. Remove any
jammed paper from the printer and press the PRINT
button again. If the error message remains, contact
your Sony dealer to remove the jammed paper.
MECHA TROUBLE: HEAD A problem may have occurred inside the printer. Turn
the printer off, turn it on again, and try to operate it. If
the error message appears again, contact your Sony
service facility or your Sony dealer to clear the error
status.

MECHA TROUBLE: PROCESS A problem may have occurred inside the printer. Turn
status.
MECHA TROUBLE: SENSOR A problem may have occurred inside the printer. Turn
status.
Warning Messages (ALARM lamp will NOT be lit)

Warning Message Possible causes and remedies
HIT ANY KEY This message appears when the remote control unit is
used in CAP-STOP (CAPTURE STOP) mode and
when the printer stops capturing images (once images
have been captured to all memory pages--to the last
point of the last memory page). Press any button.
Printer operation is enabled after this.
INPUT MISMATCH • The TV-signal input source (VTR, video camera,
etc.) is not compatible with the TV system of your
printer.
• Check the signal of the TV system and input
the correct one.
• Check the setting of the NTSC/PAL selector

on the rear panel.
• A signal other than a video signal (such as an

audio signal, etc.) is input. Input the correct video
signal.
Warning Message Possible causes and remedies

NO INPUT The printer is not receiving an input signal from
equipment corresponding to the input selected on the
INPUT SETUP menu.
• Check the input signal selected on the INPUT
SETUP menu.
• Check whether the video equipment is outputting a
video signal in playback mode.
• Check that the connections between the signal
source equipment and the printer are secure.
NO IMAGE The image is not captured in memory. Capture the
image in memory then start printing.
PLEASE WAIT PRINTING In the selected memory page, the captured image is
MEMORY being printed or queued. Retry the operation once the
printer finishes printing.
PLEASE WAIT HEAD IN The thermal head has overheated. Leave the printer
COOLING until the head cools down and this message
disappears. The printer starts printing automatically.
PLEASE WAIT HEAD IN The thermal head is being heated. Wait until this
HEATING message disappears. The printer starts printing
automatically.
PLEASE WAIT NOW The printer is printing, preventing any other operation.
PRINTING Wait until the printer finishes printing, then retry the
operation.
Trouble- The following troubleshooting checks will help you correct the most common problems
shooting & Tips you may encounter with your unit. Before proceeding, first check that the power cord is
firmly connected. Should the problem persist after you have applied the suggested rem-
edy, unplug the unit and contact your Sony dealer or local authorized Sony service facil-
ity.
Symptoms Possible causes and remedies

Nothing appears on the • The POWER switch of the printer is not set to ON. Set
video monitor even if you the POWER switch of the printer to ON.
press any of the operation • The POWER switch of the video monitor is not set to
buttons. ON. Set the POWER switch of the monitor to ON.
• Connections may not be correct. Check connections
and rectify, if necessary.
No message appears on An incorrect signal is input. Select another input signal on
the regular screen. the INPUT SETUP menu. Or, set the connected video
equipment to playback mode, if it is currently set to another
mode (such as stop mode).
No message or image • If an image captured in memory appears when the
appears on the regular SOURCE/MEMORY button is pressed, SOURCE on
screen. the OUTPUT SETUP menu is set to THRU. Change the
SOURCE setting to EE.
• When the menu is displayed by pressing the MENU but-
ton, the DISPLAY setting of the video monitor is set to
OFF. Set the DISPLAY setting to ON by pressing the
DISPLAY button.

No message appears on • The contrast of the printer display window is not set cor-
the printer window display. rectly. Adjust the brightness of the printer window dis-
play using the LCD. CNTR. item on the SYSTEM
OUTPUT menu.
• The contrast of the printer display window is set to OFF.
Adjust the brightness of the printer window display
using the LCD. CNTR. item on the SYSTEM OUTPUT
menu.
The printer does not print. • An error message appears on the display. Perform the
steps described in the Error and Warning message
tables above.
• Paper that cannot be used with this printer has been
loaded. Load the correct paper. Use only ink ribbons
and paper for this printer.
• The paper is not loaded correctly. Check which side of
the paper is the printing side, then load the paper again.
A black line appears on the Any portion for which there is no signal is printed in black.
printout. Shift the printout area. Capture a new image and print it.
The printer produces a Any portion for which there is no signal is printed in black.
printout with a black frame. Make the printout size narrower. Capture a new image and
print it.
The printed image is Only part of the video signal has been stored. Make the
partially cut out. printout size wider. Capture a new image and print it.

The printout is blurred. A quickly moving image has been stored. Set the memory
mode to FIELD by using the MEMORY FRM/FLD item on
the LAYOUT SETUP menu, then print it.
The printout color is very The paper is not loaded correctly. Check which side of the
pale. paper is the printing side, then load the paper again.
The ink ribbon cannot be • You may be trying to load an ink ribbon that cannot be
loaded. used with this printer. Load the appropriate ink ribbon.
•The thermal head is secured and blocking the ribbon.
Turn on the printer. The thermal head moves so that you
can now install the ribbon.
The blank paper is ejected The ink ribbon has been exhausted. Do not reuse the
even if you press the ejected blank paper. Replace the ink ribbon.
PRINT button, and the
RIBBON END message
appears.
on the paper. Use only sony UP-21 printer paper (other paper or ink cartridges may NOT
work), rub fingers on paper edges to clear static, vacuum inside of printer, carefully clean
rollers with anti-static wipe, store paper flat, air out paper when opening a new box, pass
hand over all 4 sides of new paper to clear static, do not overfill the paper tray.
Blurred images can be corrected by setting the MEMORY mode (within LAYOUT
SETUP) to FIELD mode. See “Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings” on page 151.
can be shifted to compensate. H START and V START are accessed through WINDOW
function of the printer’s LAYOUT SETUP menu.
with alcohol. If this does not solve the problem, replace the thermal head. See manufac-
turer Service Manual for details.
Preventive Maintenance (PM) Procedures

At every system PM, the printer should have a PM:
• Clean the printer exterior surfaces with a soft cloth dampened with water or mild
soap.
out the dust.
two years for the typical user. Cleaning the thermal head will ensure this long life.
on failure.
77530E SONY UP-21MD/SYN Printer: System Specific Information for the UP-21MD/SYN
System
Specific Infor-
mation for the
UP-21MD/SYN
Compatibility SONOS 4500/5500/7500 - Front Mount Only
List ImagePoint

5500/7500 Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
for Printers
Setting for this
p-p. RGB INTERNAL
port.

For SONOS 4500/5500/7500 and ImagePoint:
• Select printer model for Color Printer or Print Trigger 1 in system’s OPTIONS menu
(Use “UP-21MD/SYN,” if available. Otherwise, use “UP-2950,” if available. If neither is
available, use “UP-1850” or “UP-1850P”).
• Select this printer as target for various image types with SETUP (SONOS 4500,
5500, 7500 only).
SONOS 4500/
5500/7500
Cabling
and Cable INTERNAL port to printer’s R, G, B, S,
Trigger Signal 1250-0080: BNC Barrel and Remote 2 ports (wire labels:
Adapter Red=UBL, Green=GR/BR, Blue=SPD,
(contact
77530-64010: Printer Control Black (sync)=Z, Remote= FR/
closure)
Cable (extension) TM-COLOR AUX REMOTE). Remote
wire uses BNC Barrel Adapter and
Printer Control Cable (extension).
Power 8120-5431: From printer’s AC IN port with
1400-1682: Connector Lock Connector Lock (use printer’s screws)
to: 115V power strip.
SONOS 4500/
5500/7500
Installation
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
Parts
Rubber Pads (8): 77922-80280 (Remove printer’s feet and
put 2 pads in place of each foot.)

Quick Page Supplies
Color Print Pack (500 sheets, 1 Ink Cartridge): SNY5010A
B/W Print Pack (500 sheets, 1 Ink Cartridge): SNY5020A
Thermal Head (NTSC): 1543-881-21SON
Thermal Head (PAL): 1543-598-11SON

Termination Switches: 75 Ohms: ON (both switches) (OFF if 50 ohm terminators are
used.)
DIP Switches (on 77555A only): Scan (leftmost switch): DOWN (OFF); other 3 switches:
DOWN (OFF)
Front Panel Controls: AGC: OFF

Processor Graphics SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR 4: OFF, 5: ON, 9: OFF
Video I/O All Compatible Systems 8: OPEN
(For benchtop:
5 & 6: CLOSED,
7: OPEN.)
For SONOS 2000/2500 and 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 systems:

Signal Cabling
Part Numbers
SONOS 77100-64103: RGB Signals From RGB INTERNAL port.
500/1000/1500/ (SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR
OR, systems also sometimes use 4 T
connectors: 1250-0781 and 4
SONOS 2000/
Terminators: 1810-0589.)
2500
77100-64340: Trigger and From AUX SERIAL or AUX 1
Communication (RS-232) SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232
port.
8500GP/ 77960-64021: RGB Signals From RGB INTERNAL port.
PHILIPS SD800 77960-64051: Trigger and From AUX 1 SERIAL port to
Communication (RS-232) printer’s RS-232 port.

77550A/55A Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
UP-5000 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Thermal Head Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Printers
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR System Settings for Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Installation Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
SONOS 2000/2500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
8500GP/ PHILIPS SD800 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

mation for Exchange Part #: NA
Description: Large Format Color Printer
Manufacturer Manuals:Order from Sony.
9-975-415-01 (UP-5000 Service Manual)
9-975-412-12 (UP-5000 Training Manual)
9-975-417-01 (UP-5000P Service Manual)

(Sony number: UPC-5010A)
B/W Print Pack (500 sheets, 1 Ink Cartridge): SNY5020A (Sony number: UPC-5020A)
Load paper blank side down.
Repair Parts
Thermal Head, NTSC: 1543-881-21SON
Thermal Head, PAL: 1543-598-11SON
Circuit Boards: (part #s are exactly as printed
below:)
circuit board part # for new board part # for exchange board
CT-2 pcb (NTSC): A-8271-038-ASON 77550-60018
DEC-13 pcb (NTSC): A8271-040-ASON 77550-60018
DEC-13 pcb (PAL): A-8271-050-ASON NA
FMY-3 pcb (NTSC): A8270-039-ASON 77550-60058
IF-2 pcb (NTSC): A8271-037-ASON 77550-60048
IF-2 pcb (PAL): A8271-040-ASON NA
Keyboard Assembly A8261-097-ASON 77550-60058
(NTSC):
SY-5 pcb (NTSC): A8271-036-ASON 77550-60068
SY-5 pcb (PAL): A-8271-046-ASON NA
VTR-P Reg (NTSC): 1413-355-11SON 77550-60078
50 Ohm Terminator: 1810-0589 (Also order: T Adapter: 1250-0781)

AC Connector (120V): 1251-7686
AC Harness (in): 1940-904-11SON
AC Harness (out): 1940-905-11SON
AC Harness (SW2): 1940-903-11SON

AC Power Switch: 1554-880-11SON
Bottom Plate: 3725-637-01SON
Breaker Insulator: 77120-00470
Cart Lock Ass'y: A8262-078-ASON
Caution Label “!”: 77000-80500
Circuit Breaker: 3105-0262
Compression Spring: 3725-662-01SON
DC Fan Head: 1541-593-11SON
DC Fan: 1541-593-21SON
DC Motor Ass'y: A8262-092-ASON
Door Ass'y: A8286-CSON
Extension Harness: J9005-500-ASON
Fan Cover: 3725-611-01SON
Fan Net: 3725-612-01SON
Foot Pad (Bench Mount): 77000-00360
French Label Set: 77550-80051
Front Panel Ass'y (NTSC): A8266-032-ASON
Front Panel Ass'y (PAL): A8266-042-ASON
Fuse, 125V, 6A: 1532-748-11SON
Line Filter: 9135-0348
Paper Tray Ass'y: A-8261-250-ASON
Portable Handle: 1440-0198
Power Button: 2431-568-11SON

Rear Panel (NTSC): 3725-610-01SON
Signal Generator: J9005-480-ASON
Step Motor: 1541-594-11SON
Top Tray: 3725-780-01SON
Upper Case: 3725-636-01SON

NOTE: The manufacturer’s training manual recommends printing out two test sheets of
“16 stair steps” (service mode 1) before and after replacing the thermal head to
compare the black density; then adjusting RV2 on the CT-2 board so that the
new prints have the same density in the black portion as the old prints. Making
the adjustment involves accessing and opening the board from the top of the
printer. This procedure is not described here. Refer to “Replacing of Thermal
Head” within the “Replacement in the Mechanism Block” section of the Sony
UP-5000 Training Manual for details.
b. Remove the eight screws around the edge of the bottom panel and one screw in
its center, and lift off the panel (feet DO NOT get removed).
3. Tip the bottom circuit board assembly up to gain access to the thermal head:
a. Remove the two screws on metal tabs near the front of the printer, just outside the
corners of the bottom circuit board.
b. Lift the assembly from the front and tilt it all the way back so it rests in the upright
position.
c. (To tilt it back down, lift up slightly then tilt down.)
4. Remove the vented shield protecting the thermal head assembly:
a. The thermal head assembly resides behind the ink cartridge door. There is a rect-
angular sheet metal shield just beneath the assembly, with vent slots in it, sand-
wiched between the bottom struts of the printer.
b. Remove the shield’s two screws.
c. Lift the front of the shield up slightly and slide it forward to remove.
5. Remove the thermal head/heat sink assembly:

a. The thermal head can now be seen. It is an aluminum plate that has two flat
cables and the heat sink on it.
b. Loosen the two outer most screws that hold the thermal head to the spring plate.
c. Turn the thermal head so its cables point straight up and carefully remove it.
6. Replace the thermal head with the new one:
a. Remove the thermal head from the heat sink by loosening the two outer screws.
ing out the cables.
up, away from the green circuit board. Push the tops of the connectors back in.
7. Re-assemble the printer by performing steps 2 through 5 in reverse order.
power. For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77550A/55A

NOTE: Cycling the printer’s power causes any paper that is stuck in mid-print to be
ejected automatically. This may not eject paper that is severely jammed, and the
image stored in the printer’s memory will be erased.
1. Remove the print tray.

2. Reach through the opening and slide any jammed paper back into the paper tray.
4. Reach through the opening and pull any jammed paper out.
5. Straighten the paper in the paper tray so that it sits properly beneath the tabs.
6. Reinsert the paper tray and the print tray.
Menu Settings
Termination Switches: 75 Ohms: ON* (both switches)
* If 50 ohm terminators are used on inputs (to prevent amplifier saturation), termination
switches should both be OFF.
DIP Switches (On 77555A only.):

Scan (leftmost switch): DOWN (OFF) = Normal; UP = Wide;
other 3 switches: DOWN (OFF)

AGC: OFF

None available without printer’s remote control pad.
Error Codes
Printer does not have an LCD. It has an alarm light that blinks when there are problems.
If you cannot print and the alarm light blinks, there are two most probable causes:
1 - Out of paper or ink ribbon. Refill paper tray or remove ink ribbon and turn in direction
of arrow. If it does not turn, cartridge is empty, insert new cartridge.
2 - paper is jammed. See “Removal of Jammed Paper” on page 178.
If this does not resolve the problem, review the possible causes and solutions in the table
below.
Printer does not have an LCD. In order to view error messages the printer’s OUT
port(s) must be connected to a monitor.
Error
Code Error and Solution
END OF Ribbon has been completely used. Insert a new ribbon.
RIBBON:
FEED Print paper has jammed as it enters into the ribbon area. See “Removal of
ERROR: Jammed Paper” on page 178
INSERT Ink ribbon cassette is not securely in place. Push the cassette firmly in the
RIBBON: center so that it clicks into place.
INSERT Paper tray is not properly in place. Insert the tray firmly, so that it clicks into
TRAY: place.
Error
NO Printer not receiving an input signal. Check that:
INPUT: 1. the INPUT SELECT setting is correct,
2. there is an image to print, and
3. connections between printer and ultrasound system are correct.
NO Paper tray empty. Fill it.
PAPER:
PLEASE If the printer is turned off mid-print, when it is turned on again, it will eject
WAIT: the unfinished print and PLEASE WAIT will be displayed on the monitor.
Wait about 20 seconds before operating the printer.
PROCESS The print paper has jammed in the middle of the printing process. See
ERROR: “Removal of Jammed Paper” on page 178 If printer power is now cycled,
the paper will be automatically ejected. The image stored in memory,
however, will be erased.
Error
RIBBON Ink ribbon is torn or tangled. To fix:
ERROR: 1. If the paper is stuck as well, remove as described under PROCESS
ERROR.
2. Open the cabinet, then remove the ink ribbon cartridge by pressing
EJECT.
3. Take up the slack by rolling the ribbon counter clockwise until the
black bars on the ribbon are positioned mid-way between the rolls. If the
ink ribbon is torn, repair it with transparent tape.
4. Reinsert the ink ribbon cartridge by pushing it firmly in the center until
it click into place.
5. Close the cabinet.
TURN Print paper is upside down in the paper tray. Turn the paper stack over so
PAPER that the black marks are facing up.
OVER:
shooting & Tips on the paper. Use only sony printer paper, rub fingers on paper edges to clear static, vac-
A broken wire in the printer RS-232 cable can cause a system hang: resolder the wire.
Baud rate should always be set to 4800. Printers often arrive from SMO or Sony with
baud rate set to 9600. For printers that use an RS-232 cable, this must be changed to
4800 before the printer can be used in a SONOS system. See “Peripheral Switch and
If a white or black stripe appears on the printed image, the thermal head is dirty or defec-
tive. Clean the printing surface of the thermal head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with
alcohol. If this does not solve the problem, replace the thermal head. See “Thermal Head
Replacement Procedure” on page 175.

Procedures soap.
out the dust.
• The thermal head can be replaced as part of the pm. Alternatively, it can be replaced
on failure. The thermal head typically lasts 10,000 prints for the typical user.
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77550A/55A
UP-5000
Printers
SONOS 8500GP (77555A only) / PHILIPS SD800 (77555A only) - Front Mount Only

for Printers
Setting for
this
5 ON for Aspect or Sony 5000, 5200 or ON determines trigger
5600, format for
OFF for Matrix, Sony 3000 or 1850. CAMERA button*
9 (1st ON for Sony 3000 or 1850, OFF
2nd bank)

Setting for
this
5 Determines signal format for RGB CLOSED For color printers
AUX: connected to the
CLOSED = RGB, OPEN = System I/O Panel’s
Betacam. AUX R,G, B, and
6 Sets sync signal for RGB AUX: CLOSED Sync ports
CLOSED = normal (sync wire) (benchtop).
7 Changes R, G, B & Sync signals on OPEN
RGB AUX to STMPE standard:
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V
p-p.
p-p. RGB INTERNAL
port.
SONOS 500/ Cabling for Internally Mounted Printers

1000/1500/OR
Cabling
RGB Signals 77100-64103*: Internal From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Video Cable INTERNAL port to printer, R, G, B, and
1250-0781: T Connectors (4) Sync wires to appropriate printer ports.
1810-0589: Terminators (4) Sometimes 4 T connectors and 4
Terminators are required.
Trigger Signal 77100-64340: Printer From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s AUX
(RS-232) Control Cable SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232 port.
Power (This 8120-5457 & 8120-3221: for First cable goes from printer to
printer must 77550A (NTSC) transformer, second goes from
use an 8120-1900 & 8120-3221: for transformer to the non-isolated power
isolation 77555A (PAL) strip in cart. Use Power Cord Clamp at
transformer.) 07807-05060: Power Cord printer’s AC IN port (use printer’s
Clamp screws), as well as at transformer’s AC
IN port (use transformer’s screws) and
PAL transformer’s AC OUT port.

Optional Parts
8120-6111: Y-cable, and To supply two peripherals from one 220V
77000-00610: Y-cable clamp (PAL) transformer. Use clamps at all 3
ports.
8120-6235: Right Angle Power Cords, and To supply two peripherals from one 115V
1252-5311: 3 Outlet Power Tap (NTSC) transformer.

Cabling for Externally (Bench) Mounted Printers

Trigger Signal 77100-64340: Printer Control Printer Control Cable from E-box Rear I/
(RS-232) Cable O Panel’s AUX SERIAL port to Special I/
17355D: Extension Cable O Panel at rear door. Then Extension
Cable goes from Special I/O Panel to
printer’s RS-232 port. Special I/O Panel
listed in installation parts (next page).
RGB Signals 77523-60020: Bench Cable From System I/O Panel’s AUX R, G, B,
1250-0781: T Connectors (4) and Sync ports to appropriate ports on
1810-0589: Terminators (4) printer. Sometimes 4 T connectors and 4
Terminators are required.
Power Cables
United 8120-1351 Denmark 8120-2956

Kingdom
Australia 8120-4475 For All: Connector Lock: 1400-1682
(Use printer’s screws.)
SONOS 500/ Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Printers

1000/1500/OR
Installation
Rails (Guide Slides) (2): 77920-02950
Parts
Screws for Rails to cart (4 - same front & 2680-0055 (10-32 x 1/2”)
rear):
Chassis (No side brackets needed.): 77550-01180
Support Tray: 77550-01500
Screws for Support Tray to Chassis (4): 2360-0115 6-32
Clips for Chassis to Rails (2): 77020-00140 (Clips screw to Chassis,
have notches for Rails.)
Screws for Clips to Chassis (4): 2360-0115
Front Panel: 77550-01170
Screws for Front Panel to cart (4): 77020-20040
One more screw for center of Front Panel: 2360-0118
Tinnerman Nuts for Front Panel to cart (4): 0590-0804
Transformer Assembly for 77530A (115V out): 77550-60200 (Includes tray.)

Transformer assembly for 77535A (220V out): 77535-60200 (Includes tray.)
Screws & Washers for Transformer to weld Screws (2): 2680-0055 Washers (2):
nuts in Rails: 3050-0019
Clamp for power cord to side of Transformer: 1400-1196
Screw for Clamp to Transformer (1): 2360-0118
Installation Parts for Externally (Bench) Mounted Printers

Field Upgrade Kit: includes all parts and 77550-60130
cables for Bench Mounting
Special I/O Panel: 77920-03630 (Holds cable 77100-64340
to line up with hole in rear door.)
Screws for Special I/O panel to cart (4): 2510-0102
Foot Pads (4): 77000-00360

Setting for
this
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V p-p. Panel’s
RGB INTERNAL
port.

SONOS 2000/
2500 Cabling
RGB Signals 77100-64103*: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Cable INTERNAL port to printer, R, G, B,
and Sync wires to appropriate printer
ports.
Trigger and 77100-64340: Printer Control From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s AUX 1
Communication Cable SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232 port.
Signal
(RS-232)
Power 8120-4456: for 77550A (115V) Power Cable from printer’s AC IN port
8120-2572: for 77555A (240V) with Connector Lock (use printer’s
1400-1682: Connector Lock screws) to: 115V power strip in cart
for 77550A; to: 240V power strip in
cart for 77555A.

SONOS 2000/
2500 Installation
Parts
Front (2): 0515-1020
Rear (2): 0515-2506
Side Brackets
Left (2): 77550-01240
Right (2): 77550-01241
Screws for Side Brackets into sides of 0515-1115 (1 screw in upper front of each
printer (2): printer’s side gets removed.)
Screws for Side Brackets to bottom of 0515-0070 (Printer’s feet get removed: 4 on
printer (4): bottom, 2 lower feet on back.)
Small Brackets on Rails (2): 77550-01350 (These hold Rubber
Grommets.)
Screws for Small Brackets onto Rails (2): 2680-0051 8/32 pan pozi x .625" length
Locking Pins (2): 77101-22010 (These mate with Grommets.)
Nuts for Locking Pins to Side Brackets (2): 2580-0006
Front Panel (Narrow end on bottom.): 77550-01232

Nuts for Front Panel to Side Brackets (6): 2420-0006 (Front Panel has embedded
screws.)
Screws for Front Panels and blank panels 77921-22320: M5 x 16mm, pan head with
into cart: washer, torx (T25)
Tinnerman Nuts for Front and Blank 0535-0093
Panels into cart:
P-Clamp on back of printer for securing 1400-1196 (In center of printer’s back edge,
power cable: use printer’s screw.)
For 77555A only: RFI Gasket 77920-23360 (Trim to 4 fingers, remove
paper backing and stick on shield inside
printer along top edge.)
8500GP/ NOTE: Only model 77555A is compatible with the 8500GP or the PHILIPS SD800 sys-
PHILIPS SD800 tems. The 77550A model is NOT compatible with either system.
System Settings
for Printers DIP Switches on System PCBs
Processor Graphics Board
The PG board in the 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 systems does not have any switches that
directly affect system peripherals.
Setting for
this
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V p-p. E-box Rear I/O
Panel’s
RGB INTERNAL
port.

Select “UP-5000P” for Color Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU, OTHER
TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS).
8500GP /
PHILIPS SD800
Cabling
RGB Signals 77960-64021: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Cable INTERNAL port to printer, R, G, B, and
Sync wires to appropriate printer ports.
Communicati Cable SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232 port.
on Signal
(RS-232)
Power 8120-2572: for 77555A From printer’s AC IN port with Connector
(240V) Lock (use printer’s screws) to 240V
1400-1682: Connector Lock power strip in cart.
8500GP /
PHILIPS SD800
Installation
Bottom Tray (is a piece of the cart, holds printer): 77960-60010
Parts
Foot Plates (mount on Bottom Tray) (4): 77960-00300
Screws to hold Foot Plates to Bottom Tray (8): 77921-22320 Glacier Gray, Dress,
use T25 screwdriver.
Strap and Buckle to hold printer to Bottom Tray: 77960-80600
Screws to hold front of Bottom Tray to cart (2): 77921-22320 (Use T25 screwdriver.)
Retainers to hold rear of Bottom Tray in cart (2): 77960-00180 (Has adhesive tape
0460-2240 see picture below.)
Screws to hold retainers to Bottom Tray (2): 77921-22320 (Onto extending bars
at the back edges of the Bottom Tray,
screws down from top.)
Extending bar of Bottom Tray
Tabs toward center of cart Adhesive Tape
Screws down from top Retainer

(Through Bottom Tray, then through Retainer) 7ASW031
77550B UP-5200 Printer: Quick Page
8 77550B UP-5200 Printer

Quick Page Supplies
B/W Print Pack (500 sheets, 1 Ink Cartridge): SNY5020A
Thermal Head 1543-881-21SON

Back Panel Controls:
RGB / (R-Y/Y/B-Y) (input signal format) Switch: RGB
Termination Switches: 75 Ohms: ON (both switches)
Manual/Auto Switch (behind door): MANUAL

Processor SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR 4: OFF, 5: ON, 9: OFF
Graphics
(For benchtop:
5 & 6: CLOSED, 7: OPEN)
For all systems except SONOS 100CF/200/IVUS and SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR


500/1000/1500/ (SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR
OR, systems also sometimes use 4 T
connectors: 1250-0781 and 4
SONOS 2000/
Terminators: 1810-0589.)
2500
77100-64340: Trigger and From AUX SERIAL or AUX 1
Communication (RS-232) SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232C
port.
Communication (RS-232) printer’s
RS-232C port.
SONOS 5500 77922-64010: RGB Signals From RGB INTERNAL port.
77922-64180: Trigger and From RS-232 port to printer’s
Communication (RS-232) RS-232C port.
For bench-mounted cabling, see “SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling” on page 216.

77550B UP-5200 Printer: Table of Contents for 77550B UP-5200 Printer
Table of Printer Specific Information for 7750B UP-5200 Printer

77550B Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
UP-5200 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Printer Thermal Head Replacement Procedure for 77550B Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
System Specific Information for 77550B UP-5200MD Printer
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
SONOS 2000/2500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
77550B UP-5200 Printer: Printer Specific Information for 7750B UP-5200 Printer

SONOS 5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77550B (NTSC) (No PAL version of this printer exists)
7750B Manufacturer Model #: UP-5200MD

Color Print Pack (500 sheets, 1 Ink Cartridge): SNY5010A (
Sony number: UPC-5010A)
B/W Print Pack (500 sheets, 1 Ink Cartridge): SNY5020A (Sony number: UPC-5020A)
Repair Parts
Thermal Head: 1543-881-21SON
Breaker Insulator: 77120-00470
Circuit Breaker: 3105-0262

Door, Ribbon: A-8266-081-ASON
Front Panel: A-8266-079-ASON
Fuse, 125V, 6A: 9-901-941-01SON
Fuse, 125V, 3.15A: 9-901-945-01SON
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
Line Filter (Inductor): 9135-0348
Motor Ass'y: A-8262-092-ASON
Power Switch: 3-173-092-1SON
Push Catches: 4-392-036-01SON
Switch (S1/S2): 3101-2298
Worm Ass'y: X-3737-811-1SON
Thermal Head Replacement Procedure for 77550B Printer

NOTE: The manufacturer’s service manual recommends printing out two test sheets of
“16 stair steps” (service mode 1) before and after replacing the thermal head to
compare the black density; then adjusting RV1 on the FMY-8/VA-26 board so
that the new prints have the same density in the black portion as the old prints.
Making the adjustment involves accessing and opening the board from the top
of the printer. This procedure is not described here. Refer to “Replacing of Ther-
mal Head” within the “Maintenance, Servicing, and Replacement Procedures”
section of the Sony UP-5200 Service Manual for details.
Tools Required: small phillips head screwdriver, needle nose pliers or magnetic screw-
driver, alcohol and a soft cloth or Q-Tip.
b. Remove the eight screws around the edge of the bottom panel and one screw in
its center, and lift off the panel (feet DO NOT get removed).
3. Remove the vented shield protecting the thermal head assembly:
a. The thermal head assembly resides behind the ink cartridge door. There is a rect-
angular sheet metal shield just beneath the assembly, with vent slots in it, sand-
wiched between the bottom struts of the printer.
b. Remove the shield’s two screws (needle nose pliers or a magnetic screwdriver
may be required).
c. Slide the shield toward the front of the printer with a screwdriver in a vent slot, until
it releases from the center struts. (It may be necessary to slightly pry apart the
center struts with a screwdriver beneath the center hole.) Then lift the back slightly
and slide the shield backward and out.
a. The thermal head can now be seen. It is an aluminum plate that has two flat
cables and the heat sink on it.
b. Loosen the two outer most screws that hold the thermal head to the spring plate.
c. Turn the thermal head so its cables point straight up and carefully remove it.
5. Replace the thermal head with the new one:

a. Remove the thermal head from the heat sink by loosening the two outer screws.
ing out the cables.
up, away from the green circuit board. Push the tops of the connectors back in.
power. For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77550B
UP-5200MD Printer section.

NOTE: Cycling the printer’s power causes any paper that is stuck in mid-print to be
ejected automatically. This may not eject paper that is severely jammed, and the
image stored in the printer’s memory will be erased.
1. Remove the print tray.

2. Reach through the opening and slide any jammed paper back into the paper tray.
4. Reach through the opening and pull any jammed paper out.
5. Straighten the paper in the paper tray so that it sits properly beneath the tabs.
6. Reinsert the paper tray and the print tray.
Menu Settings
RGB / (R-Y/Y/B-Y) (input signal format) Switch: RGB
Termination Switches: 75 Ohms: ON (both switches)
Monitor R, G, & B knobs: center position

Manual/Auto Switch (behind door): MANUAL
Gain, Hue, & Color knobs (behind door): center
MENU Settings: (Adjust settings and press MENU. Most settings remain through power
cycles.
MENU1:
PRINT QTY: 1 (This setting not saved through power cycle; will default to 1.)
MULTI PIX: number of images on one page: 1/4/9
SEPARATE: ON (Only active when MULTI PIX is 4 or 9.)
INPUT SELECT: VIDEO/S-VIDEO/RGB
FRAME/FIELD: FRAME (This setting not saved through power cycle; will default to
FRAME.)
SHARPNESS: L/M/H (Low/Medium/High)
MENU2:
COLOR ADJ:
DISPLAY: FULL/SINGLE
PRESET: 1
RED: 0 (centered)
GREEN: 0 (centered)
BLUE: 0 (centered)
DARK: 0 (centered)
LIGHT: 0 (centered)
SAVE: (Press > to save all color adjustment settings under selected preset.)
SETUP:
SIZE: NAR/NORM/WIDE
H SHIFT: 0 DOTS
V SHIFT: 0 LINES
MONITOR: THRU/E TO E
DISPLAY: ON
REMOTE 2: M&PRINT/CYCLIC M/M STOP
BAUD RATE: 1200/2400/4800/9600
LCD CONTR: 0

Printer has a service mode with test patterns and other functions. Enter this mode by
powering up while holding down the MEMORY-IN and STOP buttons. Test pattern name
appears on the LCD. Select a pattern with the right and left arrow keys (the up and down
arrow keys enable horizontal and vertical phase matching). Then press the EXEC key to
store the pattern in memory, this can take up to 2 minutes. Then press PRINT to print the
test pattern. Exit the service mode by cycling the power.
Error Codes
When an error occurs, the ALARM lamp lights in orange and an error code appears on
the LCD display.

END OF Ribbon has been completely used. Insert a new ribbon.
RIBBON:
FEED Print paper has jammed as it enters into the ribbon area. See “Removal
ERROR: of Jammed Paper” on page 206
INSERT Ink ribbon cassette is not securely in place. Push the cassette firmly in
RIBBON: the center so that it clicks into place.
INSERT Paper tray is not properly in place. Insert the tray firmly, so that it clicks
TRAY: into place.
NO INPUT: Printer not receiving an input signal. Check that:
1. the INPUT SELECT setting is correct,
2. there is an image to print, and
3. connections between printer and ultrasound system are correct.

NO PAPER: Paper tray empty. Fill it.
PLEASE If the printer is turned off mid-print, when it is turned on again, it will
WAIT: eject the unfinished print and PLEASE WAIT will be displayed on the
monitor. Wait about 20 seconds before operating the printer.
PROCESS The print paper has jammed in the middle of the printing process. See
ERROR: “Removal of Jammed Paper” on page 206
RIBBON Ink ribbon is torn or tangled. To fix:
ERROR: 1. If the paper is stuck as well, remove as described under PRO-
CESS ERROR.
2. Open the cabinet, then remove the ink ribbon cartridge by
pressing EJECT.
3. Take up the slack by rolling the ribbon counter clockwise until the
black bars on the ribbon are positioned mid-way between the rolls. If
the ink ribbon is torn, repair it with transparent tape.
4. Reinsert the ink ribbon cartridge by pushing it firmly in the center
until it clicks into place.
5. Close the cabinet.
TURN PAPER Print paper is upside down in the paper tray. Turn the paper stack over
OVER: so that the black marks are facing up.
Trouble- If the paper tray does not eject and all paper jams have been cleared, the ejection catch
shooting & Tips may be malfunctioning. Try tipping the printer up onto the right side (as you face it) and
try again. If this does not work, remove the bottom cover and insert a screwdriver into the
small square spring mechanism beneath the paper tray (this is the ejection catch). Push
the mechanism to the side while pushing and releasing the paper tray.
Black border around print is normal - is because “wide” print mode is used. Border can
appear uneven - this is ok as long as no data is lost.
Blurred image can be corrected by selecting FIELD mode. See “Peripheral Switch and
can be shifted to compensate. H SHIFT and V SHIFT are accessed through the printer’s
MENU2.
Head Replacement Procedure for 77550B Printer” on page 203.

Procedures soap.
out the dust.
two years for the typical use. Cleaning the thermal head will ensure this long life.
on failure.
77550B UP-5200 Printer: System Specific Information for 77550B UP-5200MD Printer
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77550B
UP-5200MD
Printer
SONOS 8500GP / PHILIPS SD800 - Front Mount Only

1000/1500/OR
NOTE: The 5200 printer was modified slightly to be compatible with this system (special
System Settings
ROM installed). If the 5200 printer was NOT purchased through Philips Ultra-
for Printers
sound (e.g. if it was bought directly from Sony) it will not have the required mod-
ification and will not work on this system.
Processor Graphics Board, 2 DIP Switch Banks: 1-8 on left bank, 9-16 on right
bank (ON is labelled on switch, ON = UP = Toward LED edge of board)
Setting for
this
5 ON for Aspect or Sony 5000, 5200 ON determines
or 5600, trigger format for
OFF for Matrix, Sony 3000 or 1850. CAMERA button*.
9 (1st ON for Sony 3000 or 1850, OFF
2nd bank)

Setting for
this
AUX: connected to the
CLOSED = RGB, OPEN = System I/O Panel’s
Betacam. AUX R,G, B, and
6 Sets sync signal for RGB AUX: CLOSED Sync ports
CLOSED = normal (sync wire) (benchtop).
7 Changes R, G, B & Sync signals OPEN
on RGB AUX to STMPE standard:
p-p.
p-p. RGB INTERNAL
port.
SONOS 500/ Cabling for Internally Mounted Printers

1000/1500/OR
Cabling
ports.
Trigger and 77100-64340: Printer Control From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s AUX
Communicatio Cable SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232C
n Signal port.
(RS-232)
Power (This 8120-4456 & 8120-3221: First cable goes from printer to
printer must Power Cables transformer, second goes from
use an isolation 07807-05060: Power Cord transformer to the non-isolated power
transformer.) Clamp strip in cart. Use Power Cord Clamp
at printer’s AC IN port (use printer’s
screws), as well as at transformer’s
AC IN port (use transformer’s screws)
and PAL transformer’s AC OUT port.
Optional Parts

Cabling for Externally (Bench) Mounted Printers

Trigger and 77100-64340: Printer Printer Control Cable from E-box Rear I/
Communication Control Cable O Panel’s AUX SERIAL port to Special
Signal 17355D: Extension Cable I/O Panel at rear door. Then Extension
(RS-232) Cable goes from Special I/O Panel to
printer’s RS-232C port. Special I/O
Panel listed in installation parts (next
page).
RGB Signals 77523-60020: Bench Cable From System I/O Panel’s AUX R, G, B,
and Sync ports to appropriate ports on
printer.
Power Cables
North America 8120-5456 (77550B Printer must be supplied with
United Kingdom 8120-1351 115V AC power input.)
Europe 8120-1689 For All: Connector Lock: 1400-1682
Australia 8120-4475 (Use printer’s screws.)
SONOS 500/ Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Printers

1000/1500/OR
Description (& qty) Part Number and Comments
Installation
Parts
Screws for Rails
Front (2): 2680-0104 10-32 x 1/2”
Rear (2): 2680-0057 10-32 x 5/8” with 2 flat washers
3050-0019 13/64”
Tinnerman Nuts for Rails (4): 0590-0804 10-32
Side Brackets
Left (2): 77550-01240
Right (2): 77550-01241
Screws for Side Brackets into printer 0515-1115 (Printer’s upper front screws on
sides (2): sides get removed.)
Screws for Side Brackets into printer 0515-0070 (Printer’s feet get removed.)
bottom (4):
Grommets.)
Screws for Small Brackets onto Rails 2680-0051 8/32 pan pozi .625" length
(2):
Locking Pins (2): (Mate with 77101-22010 (Threads on Locking Pins screw
Grommets.) right into threads on Side Brackets.)

Nuts for Front Panel to Side Brackets 2420-0006 (Front Panel has embedded
(6): screws.)
Screws for Front Panel (4) and blank 77020-20040
panels into cart:
Tinnerman Nuts for Front and blank 0590-0804
panels into cart:
Transformer Assembly: 77550-60200 (Includes tray.)
Screws for Transformer to weld nuts in 2680-0055 with 2 flat washers (1 per screw)
Rails (2): 3050-0019 13/64”
Transformer:
Screw for Clamp to Transformer (1): 2360-0118
Cable Clamp for power cord to center 1400-1196 (Use center top screw on back of
back of printer: printer.)
Installation Parts for Externally (Bench) Mounted Printers

Special I/O Panel: 77920-03630 (Holds cable 77100-64340 to
line up with hole in rear door.)
Screws for Special I/O Panel to cart (4): 2510-0102
feet.)

Setting for
this
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V p-p. E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
RGB INTERNAL port.

SONOS 2000/
2500 Cabling
RGB 77100-64103*: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Signals Cable INTERNAL port to printer, R, G, B, and
Trigger and 77100-64340: Printer Control From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s AUX SERIAL
Communic Cable port to printer’s RS-232C port.
ation Signal
(RS-232)
Power 8120-4456: Power Cable From printer’s AC IN port to 115V power
1400-1682: Connector Lock strip in cart. Use Connector Lock at
printer’s port (use printer’s screws).
SONOS 2000/
2500 Installation
Parts
Front (2): 0515-1020
Rear (2): 0515-2506

Side Brackets
Left (2): 77550-01240
Right (2): 77550-01241
Screws for Side Brackets into sides of 0515-1115 (Printer’s upper front screws on
printer (2): sides get removed.)
Screws for Side Brackets into bottom of 0515-0070 (Printer’s feet get removed.)
printer (4):
Small Brackets on Rails (2): 77550-01350 (These hold Grommets.)
Screws for Small Brackets onto Rails 2680-0051 8/32 pan pozi x .625" length
(2):
Locking Pins (2): 77101-22010 (Mate with Grommets.)
Nuts for Locking Pins to Side Brackets 2580-0006
(2):
Front Panel (Narrow end on bottom.): 77550-01232
Nuts for Front Panel to Side brackets (6): 2420-0006 (Front Panel has embedded
screws.)
Screws for Front Panel (4) and blank 77921-22320: M5 x 16mm, pan head with

Tinnerman Nuts for front panel and 0535-0093
P-Clamp on back of printer for securing 1400-1196
power cable:

System Settings The PG board in the 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 systems does not have any switches that
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL port.

Select “UP-5200” for Color Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU, OTHER
8500GP /
PHILIPS SD800
Cabling
RGB Signals 77960-64021: Internal From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Video Cable INTERNAL port to printer, R, G, B, and
Trigger and 77960-64051: Printer From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s AUX
Communication Control Cable SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232C port.
Signal
(RS-232)
1400-1682: Connector strip in cart. Use Connector Lock at
Lock printer’s port (use printer’s screws).
8500GP /
PHILIPS SD800
Installation
Bottom Tray (Is a piece of the cart, holds 77960-60010
Parts
printer.):
Foot Plates (mount on Bottom Tray) (4): 77960-00300
Screws to hold Foot Plates to Bottom Tray (8): 77921-22320 Glacier Gray, Dress, use
T25 screwdriver.
Strap and Buckle to hold printer to Bottom Tray: 77960-80600
Screws to hold front of Bottom Tray to cart (2): 77921-22320 (Use T25 screwdriver.)

Retainers to hold rear of Bottom Tray in cart (2): 77960-00180 (Has adhesive tape
0460-2240, see picture below.)
Screws to hold retainers to Bottom Tray (2): 77921-22320 (Onto extending bars at
the back edges of the bottom tray,
screws down from top.)
Extending bar of Bottom Tray
Tabs toward center of cart Adhesive Tape
Screws down from top Retainer

(Through Bottom Tray, then through Retainer) 7ASW031

for Printers The PG board in the SONOS 5500 does not have any switches that directly affect system
peripherals.
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL port.

SONOS 5500
Cabling
RGB Signals 77922-64010: Color Video
From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Cable INTERNAL port to printer’s R, G, B, &
S ports (wire labels: Red=UBL,
Green=GR/BR, Blue=SPD, Black
(sync)=Z).
Trigger and 77922-64180: Printer Control From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RS232
Communication Cable port to printer’s RS-232C port.
Signal
(RS-232)
Power 8120-5431: 115V Power From printer’s AC IN port with
Cord Connector Lock (use printer’s screws)
1400-1682: Connector Lock to 115V power strip in cart. (77550B
must be supplied with 115V.)
SONOS 5500
Installation
Parts
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
no feet.)
77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers: Quick Page
9 77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers

Quick Page Supplies
Color Print Pack (200 sheets, 1 ink ribbon): SNY5510-001 (Sony number: UPC-5510)
Color Print Case (5 Color Print Packs): SNY5510-005
Replacement Ribbon Cartridge: A-8278-124-ASON
: (Cartridge only, no| ribbon.)

Termination Switches: 75 Ohms: ON (both switches) NTSC/PAL Switch: set
appropriately
Front Panel Controls: (Behind front panel door. Settings remain through power cycles.)
INPUT SELECT (Press the INPUT SELECT button to view and change setting.): RGB

(For benchtop:
5 & 6: CLOSED, 7: OPEN.)
For all compatible systems:

-Select printer model for Color Printer or Print Trigger 1 in system’s OPTIONS menu.
(Does not apply to ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx systems.)

2000/2500 77100-64340: Trigger and From AUX SERIAL or AUX 1
Communication (RS-232) SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232C
port.
Communication (RS-232) printer’s
RS-232C port.

ImagePoint & M2409-60210: RGB Signals From Video/Trigger 2 port to R, G,
ImagePoint Hx B, & S.
77922-64180: Trigger and From SERIAL 1 port to printer’s
SONOS 4500/ 77922-64010: RGB Signals From RGB INTERNAL port.
5500 77922-64180: Trigger and From RS-232 port to printer’s
77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers: Table of Contents for 77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers

77550C/55C Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
UP-5600 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Printers Thermal Head Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Internal Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
System Specific Information for 77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers
SONOS 2000/2500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx System Settings for Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers: Printer Specific Information for 77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers
ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx Installation Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255

SONOS 4500/5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77550C (NTSC) & 77555C (PAL)
mation for Exchange Part #: 77550-68200 (NTSC) & 77555-68200 (PAL)
Description: Full Format Color Printers
77550C/55C Manufacturer Model #: UP-5600MD (NTSC) & UP-5600MDP (PAL)

Color Print Pack (200 sheets, 1 ink ribbon):SNY5510-001 (Sony number: UPC-5510)
Color Print Case (5 Color Print Packs):SNY5510-005
Replacement Ribbon Cartridge:A-8278-124-ASON (Cartridge only, no ribbon.)
NOTE: Ink ribbon is not in a cartridge, save the old cartridge. Also: use only this paper &
ribbon. Use of any other supplies may result in severe paper jam and melting of
the ink ribbon on the paper.
Repair Parts
Eject Button: 3-685-280-02SON
Front Panel Assembly: X-3678-250-2SON
Key Block, Main: 1-473-114-11SON
Key Block:
Control (NTSC): 1-473-117-21SON
Control (PAL): 1-473-117-31SON
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
ON/OFF Button: 2-431-568-31SON
Paper Supply Tray: A-8278-133-BSON
Paper Eject Tray: 3-685-292-01SON

on a suitable work surface. If the printer has no feet, place a pad or some paper
underneath it to avoid scratches.
a. Remove two screws from each side and one screw from the back top edge.
b. Spread the sides slightly, then tilt the back up to remove.
3. Remove the large sheet metal plate covering the front left corner of the printer. It is
attached with five screws.
a. Remove the Head Presser. It runs along the right side of the heat sink fins and is
attached with two screws at its ends.
b. Remove the heat sink by loosening the three screws in between its fins and lifting
it out of the printer.
5. Remove the thermal head assembly by lifting it up off the pins on the side brackets.
Spread the side brackets slightly to pull the assembly out.
6. Remove the thermal head from the head holder and replace it with the new one:
a. Remove the two screws near the outer sides of the head holder to release the
thermal head.
ing the flat cables out.
away from the green circuit board. Push the tops of the connectors back in.
d. Attach the new thermal head to the head holder with the two screws removed ear-
lier. The rear screw holds the grounding wire.
power. For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77550C/55C

4. Carefully remove jammed paper. Slowly pull the paper back into the paper tray. Never
force jammed paper down, up, backwards, or forwards; the paper may tangle or tear.
If the paper cannot be removed, proceed to the next step.
6. Load new paper into the paper tray correctly (blank side down), setting it securely
under the tabs. Do not reuse jammed paper. Only use paper specified for this printer.
7. Re-insert the paper tray and paper cover. Close the front panel.
Menu Settings
Termination Switches: 75 Ohms: ON (both switches) NTSC/PAL Switch: set
appropriately
There is no voltage selection switch for these printers. Either model can take either
115V or 220V AC input, and the printer’s circuitry will automatically detect which voltage
is being used and will set itself accordingly.
INPUT SELECT (Press the INPUT SELECT button to view and change setting.): RGB
ANALOG Setup: (Press ANALOG. Navigate & change with arrow keys. Then press
ANALOG again.)
HUE (77550C Only): 0 (centered) MONI R: 0 (centered)
COLOR: 0 (centered) MONI G: 0 (centered)
GAIN: 0 (centered) (-1 for ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx Systems)
AGC: OFF MONI B: 0 (centered)
MENU settings: (Press MENU. Navigate and change settings with arrow keys. Then
press MENU again.)
PRINT-SETUP:
ASPECT (Press EXEC to enter. Navigate and change settings with arrow keys.
Press EXEC to save.)
H-SHIFT: -16 dots +/- 8 (-24 for ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx)
H-SIZE: 912 dots
V-SHIFT: 00 lines
V-SIZE: 472 lines (NTSC); 544 lines (PAL)
SEPARATE: ON SHARPNESS: 6
DUP IMAGE: OFF
SYSTEM-SETUP:
(Recall all SYSTEM-SETUP settings by pressing USER PRESET key repeatedly, then
press EXEC.)
DISPLAY: ON LCD-CTR: 0
BEEP: ON BAUDRATE: 4800
LCD: ON MONITOR: EE
USER SET (Set of all SYSTEM settings. Save the selected set with EXEC.):
FUNCTION-SETUP:
REMOTE 2: C&PRINT
REMOTE 3A: PRINTCLEAR: ALL
REMOTE 3B: BACK-SPCAPTURE: SINGLE
REMOTE 3C: CAP/SRCTIMER: OFF
REMOTE 3E: C&PRINT (CAPTURE for ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx)
COLOR ADJUST SETUP:

(Press R/G/B/D/L. Navigate & change settings with arrows. Then press R/G/B/D/L.)
PRESET (Select 1, 2, or 3 to recall set.):Also set system's UP5600 settings:
C-ADJ RED: C1 (1 position left of center)7On u/s system, press SETUP,
(R5 (5 positions right of center) for ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx)
C-ADJ GREEN: 0 (centered)8then PRINT on EL panel, then
(G6 for ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx)
C-ADJ BLUE: Y1 (1 position left of center)7UP5600 ADJUST, then use
(B4 for ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx)
C-ADJ DARK (CONTRAST): -6 (6 positions left of center)2 rotary knobs. (Not
available
C-ADJ LIGHT (BRIGHTNESS): +6 (6 positions right of ctr)14on ImagePoint &
ImagePoint Hx
SAVE: (Change above settings. Select set to save. Then press EXEC to save that
set.)
MOTION CHECK (Press MOTION CHECK to view and change setting.): OFF
MOTION CORRECTION (Press MOTION CORRECTION to view and change setting.):
OFF
Error Handling Internal Test Procedure

Printer has a service mode with test patterns. Proceed as follows:
1. Enter this mode by powering up while holding down the right and left arrow keys.
“SERVICE MODE” appears briefly on the LCD screen.
2. Press the MENU key, then the down arrow key (if necessary) until
SYSTEM SET UP, SYSTEM/PRN/FUNC appears on the LCD screen. Then press the
left arrow key until SERVICE MENU appears on the LCD screen.
3. Press the down arrow key to bring up CPU DW: and the name of the selected pattern
appears on the LCD.
4. Select a different pattern with the right or left arrow key, then the EXEC key to store
the pattern in memory.
5. Press PRINT to print the test pattern. Exit the service mode by cycling the power.
To view the total print count and the total print count since the last thermal head
replacement, connect the printer’s output(s) to a monitor, enter the service mode (power
up with left and right arrow keys pressed), press the MENU key and then the left arrow
key. The print counts are displayed on the monitor.
Printer has a Mechanical Adjustment mode, used for sensor level adjustment. Manufac-
turer’s service manual has 5 pages describing test procedures in this mode.
Error Codes
Error Messages: accompanied by lit ALARM lamp.
NO RIBBON The ink ribbon is crumpled in its cartridge.
The ink ribbon has been torn. Repair with transparent tape.
REMOVE PAPER Maximum number of printouts has accumulated on paper cover.
PAPER The ink ribbon and paper are NOT compatible.
MISMATCH
SENSOR MOTOR Sensor trouble or motor trouble has occurred.
TROUBLE
Warning Messages: (Alarm lamp will NOT be lit.)
HEAD IN Thermal head has overheated. Do not print for a while to allow the
COOLING head to cool. Retry when the message disappears.
INPUT Check the NTSC/PAL switch on back panel for correctness.
MISMATCH
NO INPUT Set INPUT SELECT setting correctly. See “Peripheral Switch and
Trouble- When transporting the printer, remove the ink ribbon holder and the paper tray.
shooting & Tips In hot weather, the paper tray can become deformed and cause paper jams.
All systems except ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx talk to this printer through the RS-232 port
and allow adjustment of the RGB, Light and Dark settings from the ultrasound system.
On ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx (M2410A/M2410B) systems this must be done from the
printer's front panel controls.
If prints are too bright, set the 75 Ohm termination switch to ON. Ensure correct video
level setting in SONOS system (switch 8 on Video I/O board = ON = OPEN = 0.7 V video
levels).
If prints are too pale, the paper may be loaded upside down. Printing surface should face
down in the paper tray (words facing up).
Blurred image can be corrected by turning MOTION CORRECTION on. See “Peripheral
Switch and Menu Settings” on page 238.
can be shifted to compensate by adjusting H-SHIFT and V-SHIFT, or resized by adjusting
H-SIZE and V-SIZE. See “Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings” on page 238.
Preventive NOTE: When transporting the printer, remove the ink ribbon holder and the paper tray.
Maintenance In hot weather, the paper tray can become deformed and cause paper jams.
Procedures
soap.
out the dust.
on failure. The thermal head typically lasts 10,000 prints or two years for the typical
user.
77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers: System Specific Information for 77550C/55C UP-5600 Printers
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77550C/55C
UP-5600
Printers
Compatibility SONOS 2000/2500 - Front Mount Only
List SONOS 8500GP / PHILIPS SD800 - Front Mount Only
ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx - Front Mount or Bench Mount (77550C only, i.e. 77555C not
compatible)


Setting for
this
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V p-p. E-box Rear I/O
Panel’s
RGB INTERNAL
port.

SONOS 2000/
2500 Cabling
ports.
Trigger and 77100-64340: Printer Control From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s AUX
Communication Cable SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232C
Signal (RS-232) port.
Power 8120-5431: Power Cable for To 115V power strip in cart for
77550C (NTSC) 77550C. To 220V power strip in cart
8120-2572: Power Cable for for 77555C. Use Connector Lock at
77555C (PAL) printer’s AC IN port (use printer’s
1400-1682: Connector Lock screws).
For more information on cable 77100-64103, see Appendix A.
SONOS 2000/
2500 Installation
Parts
Screws for Rails into cart (4 -same front & 0515-2506
rear):

Side Brackets
Left: 77550-01580
Right: 77550-01570
Screws for Side Brackets into bottom of 0515-0430 (Into feet holes, feet get
printer (4): removed.)
Grommets.)
Screws for Small Brackets onto Rails: 2680-0051 8/32 pan pozi x .625"
Locking Pins (2) (Mate with Grommets.): 77101-22010 (Threads on Locking Pins
screw right into threads on Side Brackets.)
Front Panel (Notch on bottom.): 77550-01511
Nuts for Front Panel to Side Brackets (4): 0535-0076 (Front Panel comes with
embedded screws.)
Screws for Front Panel (4) and blank 77921-22320: M5 x 16mm, pan head with
Tinnerman Nuts for Front and blank 0535-0093
panels into cart:
8500GP/ DIP Switches on System PCBs

System Settings The PG board in the 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 systems does not have any switches that
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL port.

8500GP/
PHILIPS SD800
Cabling
RGB Signals 77960-64021: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Cable INTERNAL port to printer, R, G, B, and
Communication Cable SERIAL port to printer’s RS-232C port.
Signal (RS-232)
Power 8120-5431: Power Cable From printer’s AC IN port, to 115V
1400-1682: Connector Lock power strip in cart (both NTSC and
PAL models can accept 115V input).
Use Connector Lock at printer’s port
(use printer’s screws).
8500GP/
PHILIPS SD800
Installation
Rails
Parts
Left: 77960-00470
Right: 77960-00480
(Holes toward front of system, slots toward
rear.)
Screws for Rails to cart (4): 77921-22320 (5M x 0.8 x 16mm Dress, use
T25 screwdriver.)
Bracket Mount (no front panel needed): 77960-00770
Screws for printer to Bracket Mount (4): 0515-0430 M3 x 6mm Pan Torx (T10)
(Printer’s feet get removed, these screws go
into feet holes.)
Screws for Bracket Mount to Rails (2): 77921-22320 (At rear of each rail, up from
bottom of rail through Bracket Mount.)
ImagePoint/ NOTE: Only the 77550C is compatible with ImagePoint and ImagePoint Hx, the 77555C
ImagePoint Hx is not.
System Settings Neither printer is compatible with SONOS 1800.
for Printers
DIP Switches on System PCBs
Processor Graphics Board:
The PG board in the ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx line does not have any switches that
directly affect system peripherals.
Setting for
this
AUX: connected to
CLOSED = RGB, OPEN = Betacam. External I/O Panel’s
6 Sets sync signal for RGB AUX: CLOSED COLOR VIDEO OUT
CLOSED = normal (sync wire), port
OPEN = sync on green. (2nd down from top)
7 Changes R, G, B & Sync signals OPEN (benchtop).
for RGB AUX to STMPE standard:
p-p.
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL to STMPE connected to
standard: Internal IOI Panel’s
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V VIDEO/TRIGGER 2
p-p. port.

Select “UP-5600” for Print Trigger 1 in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU, OTHER
TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS). Internally mounted color printers are always on
Trigger 1.
ImagePoint/ Cabling for Internally Mounted Printers

ImagePoint Hx
Cabling
RGB Signals M2409-60210: Video Output From Internal IOI Panel’s Video/
Cable Trigger 2 port to printer: R, G, B, & S
wires to appropriate ports on printer.
Trigger and 77922-64180: Printer Control From Internal I/O/I Panel’s SERIAL 1
Signal (RS232)
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable OR From PDM AC OUT sockets (J3 thru
8120-2133: 8’ Power Cable J6) to printer’s AC IN port. Use
1400-1682: Connector Lock Retainer Bracket (with cable ties) at
5080-2456: Cord Retainer Kit: PDM, use Connector Lock at
5001-9852: Retainer printer’s port (use printer’s screws).
Bracket
0515-0210: Screws (2)
Cabling for
Externally
(Bench)
Video Signals 8120-1840: Four Foot From External I/O panel COLOR VIDEO
Mounted
BNC OUT port to printer’s INPUT VIDEO port.
Printers
Trigger and 77922-64180: Printer From External I/O Panel’s RS232 port to
Communication Control Cable printer’s RS-232C port.
Signal (RS232)
Power Cables

Australia 8120-4475 For All: Connector Lock: 1400-1682 (Use
printer’s screws.)
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
Installation
Shelf Strap (1) (Not required for bench 77922-80290 (Special black strap for this
Parts
mounting.): printer.)
no feet.)

Settings for The PG board in the SONOS 5500 does not have any switches that directly affect system
Printers peripherals.
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL port.

SONOS 4500/
5500 Cabling
RGB Signals 77922-64010: Color VideoFrom E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Cable INTERNAL port to printer’s INPUT R,
G, B, & Sync ports (wire labels:
Red=UBL, Green=GR/BR, Blue=SPD,
Black (sync)=Z)
Signal (RS232)
Power 8120-5431: for 77550C or Power Cable from printer’s AC IN port
55C with Connector Lock (use printer’s
1400-1682: Connector Lock screws) to 115V power strip in cart.
SONOS 4500/
5500 Installation
Parts
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
77550D UP-51MDU Printer: Quick Page
10 77550D UP-51MDU Printer

Quick Page Supplies
Color Print Box (2 packs of paper & ink*): SNY510-001 (Sony number: UPC-510)
Color Print Case (5 Color Print Boxes): SNY510-005 (Order Qty of 5 Print Boxes)
(Note*: Each pack has 200 sheets and 1 ink ribbon)

1. COLOR ADJUST menu

2. LAYOUT SETUP menu
WINDOW SETUP menu
CAPTION menu (unused)
3. PRINTER SETUP menu
SYSTEM SETUP menu
USER NAME input menu (unused)
FUNCTION SETUP menu
COLOR BALANCE menu
4. INPUT SETUP menu (Press the INPUT SELECT button to view and change
setting.): RGB
5. OUTPUT SETUP
77550D UP-51MDU Printer: Quick Page

For SONOS 4500/5500 systems:

- Select printer model for Color Printer in system’s OPTIONS menu.
- Select this printer as target for various image types or PRINT buttons with SETUP.

SONOS 4500/ 77922-64010: RGB Signals From RGB INTERNAL port.
5500 77922-64180: Trigger and From RS-232 port to printer’s
77550D UP-51MDU Printer: Table of Contents for 77550D UP-51 Printer
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77550D UP-51MDU Printer

77550D UP-51 Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Printer Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Thermal Head Replacement Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Peripheral Switch and Menu Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
System Specific Information for 77550D UP-51MDU Printer
SONOS 4500/5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
77550D UP-51MDU Printer: Printer Specific Information for 77550D UP-51MDU Printer

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77550D (NTSC)
mation for Exchange Part #: 77550-68300 (NTSC)
77550D Manufacturer Model #: UP-51MDU (NTSC)
UP-51MDU Manufacturer Name: Sony
Manufacturer Service Manual: 9-955-233-11, -21 (2 vols.) Order from Sony.
Manufacturer User Manual: 3-203-596-11 Order from Sony.

Color Print Box (2 packs*): SNY510-001 (Sony number: UPC-510)**
Color Print Case (5 Color Print Boxes): SNY510-005***
Note*: Each pack has 200 sheets and 1 ink ribbon.

Load paper with printing surface down, and on top of surface protection sheet.
Note**: When using the UPC-510 Color Print Box, one pack of 200 sheets of printouts
can be used for one ink ribbon roll. Even if you finished one pack of paper containing 100
sheets, do not throw away the ink ribbon. The ink ribbon can be used for another pack of
papers.
Note***: There is no Sony part number for a case of five Color Printing Boxes. When
ordering UPC-510 Color Print Boxes: (a) minimum order is one case of five print boxes,
and (b) use the Sony part number of UPC-510 with a quantity of five.
Repair Parts
Head Cleaning Kit: Part number not available at printing
Roller Cleaning Kit: Part number not available at printing

(Takes approximately 1 to 1 1/2 hours.)
Thermal Head Replacement

Tools Required: phillips head screwdriver, alcohol, and a soft cloth or Q-Tip.
1. Remove the top cover of the printer. (See Figure 10-1.)
2. Remove the front assembly. (See Figure 10-2.)
3. Remove the three hooks, then remove the harness clamper. (See Figure 10-3.)
4. Disconnect the two flexible flat cables from the connectors (CN303 and CN304) on
the PRT-13 board. (See Figure 10-3 for steps 4 to 11.)
5. Remove the three screws (BVTT 3 x 6), then remove the cartridge guide.
6. Remove the coil spring from the mechanical chassis L assembly.
7. Remove the three screws (PSW 3 x 6), then remove the heat sink.
8. Remove the two screws (BVTT 3 x 6), then remove the harness (for grounding) and
head pressure.
9. Move the thermal head in the order of the arrows numbered “1” and “2” and remove it.
10. Remove the two screws (PSW 3 x 6), then remove the thermal head from the head
holder.
11. Disconnect the two flexible cables from the thermal head.
12. Install a new thermal head in the reverse order of steps 1 to 11.
Figure 10-1 Removal of Top Cover
Figure 10-2 Removal of Front Assembly

Figure 10-3 Removal and Replacement of the Thermal Head

Figure 10-3 Removal and Replacement of the Thermal Head (Continued)


If the paper jams after pressing the PRINT button, a message stating that paper has
jammed appears on the monitor and in the printer window display.
Do the following to remove jammed paper:
2. Remove the paper cover. If any prints have been ejected and have accumulated on
the paper cover, remove them.
3. Check for jammed paper inside the printer. Slowly pull the paper back into the paper
tray. Never force jammed paper down, up, backwards, or forwards; the paper may tan-
gle or tear. If the paper cannot be removed, proceed to the next step.
5. Load new paper into the paper tray correctly (blank side down), setting it securely
under the tabs. Do not reuse jammed paper. Only use paper specified for this printer.
6. Re-insert the paper tray and paper cover. Close the front panel.
Platen Hatch
Some jammed paper may need to be cleared by opening the Platen Hatch which is
located at the bottom of the printer. Remove four screws to open hatch.
Peripheral Menu Settings:

Switch and • Use control buttons on the back of the front panel to view and change the presets.
Menu Setting • Press the MENU button to access these submenus.
• Press the left/right arrow buttons to select submenus and change settings.
• Press the up/down arrow buttons to select settings within submenus.
(See next page for navigation instructions.)
Philips
Ultrasound
Menu Submenu Default
Selection selection Setting Comments
COLOR LOAD COLOR 1 When LOAD 1, 2 or 3 is
ADJUST highlighted, settings appear
CYN-RED -1 automatically.
MAG-GRN 0 Press EXEC to save Load 1
settings.
YEL-BLU -1
DARK -1
LIGHT 6
SHARPNESS 14
INTERPOL OFF
Philips
Ultrasound
LAYOUT MEMORY FRAME
SETUP MULTI PIX 1
SEPARATE ******
MIRROR OFF
LAMINATION ******
WINDOW: START values shift printed
H START -16 image, WIDTH values change
V START 0 size.
H WIDTH 912
V WIDTH 464
Press EXEC to save settings.
CAPTION: Not Used.
PRINTER PRINT QTY 1
SETUP
INTERVAL ******
GAMMA NORMAL
PRN SPEED NORMAL
MOTION CHK ******
LOAD USER 1
Philips
Ultrasound
SYSTEM: Press up/down arrow buttons.
LCD-CTR 7
BAUDRATE 4800
BEEP ON
APPLI STANDARD
IRE 100
Press EXEC to save settings.
SAVE USER 1
USER NAME: Not Used
FUNCTION: Press up/down arrow buttons.
AUTO LIVE ON
IMMED. CAP. OFF
RM2 FUNC C&PRINT
PRINT&PAGE
RM3A FUNC
BACK-SP
RM3B FUNC
CAP_SRC
RM3C FUNC
GRAB
RM3E FUNC
CLEAR ALL
Philips
Ultrasound
PRINTER COLOR
SETUP (contd.) BALANCE: 50
BAL X 50
BAL Y 05 At PRN SETUP, press EXEC to
BAL STEP TEST PRINT.
TEST PRINT
HUE ******
COLOR ******
GAIN 0
OFFSET 0
AGC OFF
OUTPUT DISPLAY ON
SETUP RBN ON
SOURCE EE
SYNC ON G OFF
MONI C-B 0
MONI M-G 0
MONI Y-B 0
Menu Navigation for the 77550D (UP-51MDU) Printer

The MENU button and arrow keys are located on the printer’s key panel, behind the front
panel door. Menu selections appear on the printer’s LCD (upon pressing MENU). When
the MENU button is pressed, the LCD returns to the menu or submenu that was dis-
played the last time the menu was accessed.
At the main menu, the active menu is listed on the first line, and the second line contains
abbreviations for all menu items, with only the active menu in capital letters. Use the
arrow keys to select menus, select menu items, and change settings. See example
below.
Example - Adjusting Color Intensity of RGB Printout
1. Press MENU button on printer key panel.
2. Use arrow buttons to display COLOR ADJUST menu. Use this menu to adjust print-
out color.
The active menu item - COLOR ADJUST - is spelled out on the first line of the LCD
display. The second line contains abbreviations for all menu items, with the active one
in capital letters:
COLOR ADJUST
/COL/l/p/i/o
• COL: COLOR ADJUST menu is active and displayed.
• Menus not active: l - Layout Setup, p - Printer Setup, i - Input Setup, o - Out-
put Setup.
3. Use the up/down arrow keys to select the YEL-BLU menu item.
The YEL-BLU (Yellow-Blue) selection is highlighted and you can adjust the color
intensity of the YEL-BLU component of the RGB image from -7 to +7 with “0” repre-
senting the standard color. Philips Ultrasound default value is “-1” for YEL-BLU.
4. Use left/right arrows to change the YEL-BLU setting.
• Use right button to make image more yellowish (towards YEL, +7)
• Use left arrow to make image bluish (towards BLU, -7)
5. Press the EXEC button on printer key panel to save changed setting.
Until you press the EXEC button on the printer key panel to save changed settings,
“TEMP” will be displayed on the menu screen. Settings will not be saved if power is
removed from the printer.
6. Press the MENU key to exit.
COLOR, in addition to its six adjustable parameters and interpolation control. Three sets
of the five color parameters can be stored (saved). These three sets will remain in the
printer when the power is turned off. To save a set of color parameters, adjust each
parameter as desired, go to SAVE COLOR and select a number (1, 2, or 3) to identify the
set, then press the EXEC button (on the key panel). To load (recall) a set, simply go to
LOAD COLOR and select 1, 2 or 3. The predefined parameter set is recalled automati-
cally.


Printer has a service mode with test patterns. Proceed as follows:
1. Enter this mode by powering up while holding down the right and left arrow keys.
“SERVICE MODE” appears briefly on the LCD screen. “Hit any key” is displayed.
Press any key to continue.
2. Press the MENU key, then the down arrow key (if necessary) until
“SVC1/SVC2/SVC3” appears on the LCD screen. Use the up/down arrow button to
select PRINT TEST.
3. Press EXEC button to start the PRINT TEST. Exit the service mode by cycling the
power.
To view the total print count and the total print count since the last thermal head
replacement, connect the printer’s output(s) to a monitor, enter the service mode (power
up with left and right arrow keys pressed), press the MENU key and then the left arrow
key. The print counts are displayed on the monitor.
See Panasonic’s service manual for details on test procedures in the service mode.
Error Codes
Error Messages: accompanied by lit ALARM lamp.
SET PAPER Out of paper.
RIBBON REMAIN 100 Paper tray is not installed.
When RIBBON REMAIN 0 is displayed, replace
the ink ribbon.
REMOVE PRINTS The maximum number of printouts has
accumulated on paper cover.
Remove printouts from paper cover.
REMOVE PAPER TRAY The paper jams around the paper tray as it is
being fed into the ribbon area. Remove any
jammed paper.
CHECK RIBBON nn Torn ink ribbon: repair the torn ink ribbon.
Loaded ink ribbon cartridge can not be used
with this printer.
Ink ribbon is exhausted, replace with new ink
ribbon cartridge
(the ink ribbon cannot be reused).
MECHA TROUBLE: nn Ink ribbon cartridge not loaded correctly.
HEAD Paper has jammed inside printer.
MECHA TROUBLE: nn Paper tray has moved out of position.
TRAY

MECHA TROUBLE: nn Paper has jammed inside the printer. Check
PLATEN, position where paper has jammed and remove
LOAD PAPER, EJECT any jammed paper from printer.
PAPER, or CHUCK
Warning Messages: (Alarm lamp will NOT be lit.)
PLEASE WAIT Thermal head has overheated. Wait until the
HEAD IN COOLING head cools and this message disappears.
INPUT MISMATCH Video signal not compatible with printer. Check
input.
NO INPUT Set INPUT SELECT setting correctly. See
“Peripheral Switch and Menu Setting” on page
268
NO IMAGE The image is not captured in memory. Capture
the image in memory then start printing.
Trouble- When using the printer for the first time, the thermal head may be out of position. Before
shooting & Tips using the ink ribbon cartridge, turn on power so that the thermal head is placed in the
correct position.
When transporting the printer, remove the ink ribbon cartridge holder and the paper tray.
In hot weather, the paper tray can become deformed and cause paper jams.
Baud rate should always be set to 4800. Printers often arrive with the baud rate set to
9600. For printers that use an RS-232 cable, this must be changed to 4800 before the
printer can be used in a SONOS system. See “Peripheral Switch and Menu Setting” on
page 268.
All systems talk to this printer through the RS-232 port and allow adjustment of the RGB,
Light, and Dark settings from the ultrasound system.
If prints are too pale, the paper may be loaded upside down. Printing surface should face
down in the paper tray (print facing up).
can be shifted to compensate by adjusting H-START and V-START, or resized by adjust-
ing H-WIDTH and V-WIDTH. See “Peripheral Switch and Menu Setting” on page 268.
Preventive NOTE: When transporting the printer, remove the ink ribbon holder and the paper tray.
Maintenance In hot weather, the paper tray can become deformed and cause paper jams.
Procedures
soap.
out the dust.
on failure. The thermal head typically lasts 50,000 prints or two years for the typical
user.
77550D UP-51MDU Printer: System Specific Information for 77550D UP-51MDU Printer
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77550D
UP-51MDU
Printer
List
Settings for The PG board in the SONOS 5500 does not have any switches that directly affect system
Printers peripherals.
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL port.

Select “UP-51MD” for Color Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU, OTHER
TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS). Systems prior to Revision B.2 do not have UP-51MD
as a choice, in this case select “UP-5600.”
get for b/w images, color images, VCR images, or report pages using the B/W, Color,
VCR, or Report control knobs. These settings are temporary, i.e., will be lost with power
SONOS 4500/
5500 Cabling
Cable INTERNAL port to printer’s INPUT R,
G, B, & Sync ports (wire labels:
Red=UBL, Green=GR/BR,
Blue=SPD, Black (sync)=Z)
Signal (RS232)
Power 8120-5431: for 77550D Power Cable from printer’s AC IN port
1400-1682: Connector Lock with Connector Lock (use printer’s
screws) to 115V power strip in cart.
SONOS 4500/
5500 Installation
Parts
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
77560A/65A UP-870/860 Printers: Quick Page
11 77560A/65A UP-870/860 Printers

Quick Page Supplies
B/W Paper, 5 rolls of High Density: SNY110HD,
10 rolls of Normal Density: SNY110S
Cleaning Sheet: 243049501-SON

DIP Switches: (UP = OFF) (Printer power must be cycled to activate DIP switches.)
switches 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 & 10: ON,
switches 1, 3, 7 & 8: OFF(3, 7, & 8 ON for 8500GP and SONOS 5500 systems.)

Controller Processor SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR 5: CLOSED
except SONOS 100CF/200/IVUS
For SONOS 2000/2500, 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800, or SONOS 5500 systems:

-Select printer model for B/W Printer in system’s OPTIONS menu.

SONOS 8120-1840: Video Signal From VIDEO port (100CF, 200) or
100CF/200/IVUS VIDEO OUT TO PRINTER port
(IVUS) to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
77000-65560:Trigger Signal From PRINT CONTROL port
(100CF, 200) or PRINTER REMOTE
port (IVUS), to printer’s REMOTE
port.
SONOS 77100-64103: Video and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port: FRAME
500/1000/1500/ (77960-64021 for side mounting) wire to printer’s REMOTE port using
OR, also: barrel adapter and extension, BW/COL.
1250-0080: BNC Barrel Adapters CAMERA wire to printer’s VIDEO IN
SONOS 2000/
(2), port using barrel adapter and BNC
2500
77530-64010: Extension, and cable.
8120-1840: BNC Cable
8500GP/PHILIPS 77960-64021: Video and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port: B/W
SD800 also: 1250-0080: BNC Barrel COMPOSITE wire to printer’s VIDEO
Adapter IN port, TRIGGER 1 wire to printer’s
77530-64010: Extension REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter
and Extension.

SONOS 5500 8120-1840: Video Signal From COMP VIDEO port to printer’s
VIDEO IN port.
Another 8120-1840: Trigger From TRIGGER 2 port to printer’s
Signal REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter
also: 1250-0080: BNC Barrel and extension.
Adapter, and 77530-64010:
Extension
77560A/65A UP-870/860 Printers: Table of Contents for 77560A/65A UP-870/860 Printers
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77560A/565A UP-870/860 Printers

UP-870/860 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
System Specific Information for 77560A/65A UP-870/860 Printers
SONOS 100CF/200, IVUS System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
SONOS 100CF/200, IVUS Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
SONOS 100CF/200, IVUS Installation Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
SONOS 2000/2500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
77560A/65A UP-870/860 Printers: Printer Specific Information for 77560A/565A UP-870/860 Printers

SONOS 5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310

Description: Small Format B/W Printers
77560A/565A Manufacturer Model #: UP-870 (NTSC) & UP-860 (PAL)
UP-870/860 Manufacturer Name: Sony

B/W Paper, 5 rolls: SNY110HD (Sony number: UPP-110HD)
B/W Paper, 10 rolls: SNY110S (Sony number: UPP-110S)
Load paper shiny side up.
Repair Parts
Cutter Spring: 3-173-604-01SON
Door, UP860: 3-173-624-01SON
French Label: 77565-80010
Front Panel: 3-173-924-01SON
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
Overlay, Front Panel, UP860: 3-173-617-01SON
PB Switch: 1-554-303-21SON
Remote Control: 1-693-002-11SON
Rotary Knob: 3-173-544-01SON
Slide Switch Knob: 3-173-545-01SON

wet with alcohol is a standard part of any thermal head replacement procedure.
1. Turn the printer off and unplug it. Remove it from the ultrasound system and place it on a
suitable work surface. If the printer has no feet, place a pad or some paper underneath it to
avoid scratches.
a. Remove two screws from each side.
b. Slide the cover backwards, spread the sides slightly then lift up to remove.
3. Release the slide tray:
a. On the left side of the printer, near the bottom edge about two inches behind the front
panel is a lock arm, a metal lever that looks like an arrow.
b. Push the forward end of this lever down to release the slide tray, the tray and paper door
slide out the front of the printer.
c. Pull on the paper door until the slide tray tilts forward.
4. Remove the front panel:

a. Push the slide tray back in and note how metal tabs on the sides push in metal tabs on the
front panel. Release the slide tray.
b. Remove the front panel screws: one on top and two on the bottom.
c. Spread the plastic tabs at the top corners of the front panel and pull the panel off, swing-
ing the bottom of the front panel forward to clear the slide tray and paper door.
5. Remove the spring holder taking care to not lose the springs:
a. Note the two springs on the top front edge of the printer, just behind the front panel
controls board: large spring on the left, small spring on the right. These are held in place
by the spring holder. Also note the head shaft at the spring holder’s rear and the tabs at
its front that hold it in place, and the position of the power button bracket.
b. Remove the spring holder by removing the two screws on its sides. Pull it forward off the
head shaft and up off the tabs, taking care not to lose the springs.
c. Tilt the spring holder back and rest it on the main circuit board (controls board and
cables remain attached).
a. The thermal head assembly is held in place by the head shaft at its rear, and one metal tab
on its front right corner. The two screws on top hold the thermal head.
b. Remove the two screws that hold the thermal head, supporting it underneath so it won’t
fall.
c. Remove the assembly (metal plate and rollers) by pulling the head shaft out to the left
and lifting the assembly off the tab.
d. Pull the metal plate forward to release the thermal head.
e. Disconnect the cables:

Disconnect the flat cable by pulling the top of its connector out, then pulling the flat cable
out.
Disconnect the other cable by squeezing its lever and pulling.
f. Connect the cables to the new thermal head:
Open the flat cable connector and slide the cable into the connector as far as it will go,
with the exposed wires side up, away from the green circuit board. Then push the top of
the connector back in.
Connect the other cable.
g. Place the thermal head into the metal plate/rollers assembly and attach the two screws to
the top. (It may be necessary to hold the roller tabs onto their mounting pins on the
plate while inserting the thermal head.)
h. Wipe the printing surface of the thermal head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with alco-
hol and do not touch the surface during re-assembly.
i. Place the thermal head assembly back onto the tab in the front right corner, and slide the
head shaft back in from the left.
7. Re-assemble the printer by performing steps 2 through 5 in reverse order. (When re-attach-
ing the spring plate, make sure the power button bracket is in place first. Also, reposition the
front panel with the slide tray open; metal tabs on the front panel must go behind metal tabs
on the slide tray.)
8. Return the printer to the ultrasound system, reconnect the cables and turn on the power.
For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77560A/65A UP-870/860 Printers
section.

1. Open the paper door by pressing the OPEN/CLOSE button.
2. Remove jammed paper. Tear off any wrinkled paper from the roll and discard.
3. Reload the paper from the roll.
4. Close the paper door.
Menu Settings
DIP Switches: (UP = OFF) (Printer power must be cycled to activate DIP switches.)
switches 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, 9 & 10: ON,
switches 1, 3, 7 & 8: OFF(3, 7, & 8 ON for 8500GP and SONOS 5500 systems.)
Additional information:
1&2: Paper Type:
1&2 OFF = Type I (normal), for UPP-110S or UPP-110 paper,
1 OFF & 2 ON = Type II (high density), for UPP-110HD paper, 1&2 ON = Type III
3: Postfeed: ON = feed blank page after print, OFF (ON for 8500GP and SONOS 5500
systems.)
4: Aspect Ratio: ON = 4:3, OFF = 1:1
5: Memory: ON = Frame, OFF = Field
6: Print Direction: ON = Normal, OFF = Reverse
7 & 8: Scan Mode:
7: OFF = Wide2, 7: ON & 8: OFF = Norm,
7 & 8: ON = Wide1 (7 & 8: ON for 8500GP and SONOS 5500 systems.)
9: Input signal: ON = B/W, OFF = Color

10: Termination Resistance: ON = 75 Ohms, OFF = none (When additional video
equipment
is connected to printer’s VIDEO OUT port.)
Gamma Switch:
(effective when Paper Dip Switches (1 & 2) are set to Type II (1: OFF & 2: ON)):
I = Soft Gradation, II = Standard, III = Hard Gradation
Dajd (NTSC) or Densite (PAL): Middle

Contrast: 12 o'clock (straight up)
Brightness: 12 o'clock (straight up)
Thru/EE: EE (Thru = input signals are output directly to the video monitor, EE = signals are
processed by printer circuitry before being output to monitor.)
Posi/Nega: Positive/Negative printing

None
Error Codes
None
shooting & Tips on the paper. Use only sony printer paper, rub fingers on paper edges to clear static, vac-
Paper jams can be caused by condensation in the unit. To remove the condensation,
turn the printer off and leave it for about an hour or two.
White specks on the first few prints is due to fine dust on the surface of the paper. Feed
the paper until a clean portion is reached and a clean printout can be made.
If the printed image is dirty or splotchy, clean the thermal head with the cleaning sheet.
See “Preventive Maintenance Procedures” on page 295.
To remedy black borders or missing sections around the printed image, change the set-
ting of the Scan Mode DIP switches. See “Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings” on
page 292.
The printer stops printing after a series of prints with a lot of black in them and the alarm
buzzer sounds. This occurs when the thermal head overheats. The printer’s thermal
head protection program has kicked in. Stop printing for a while to allow the head to cool.

Maintenance • Clean the printer exterior surfaces with a soft cloth dampened with water or mild soap.
Procedures • Sony printers are very prone to dust collection because they contain no filters. If dust covers
the sensors, paper jams can result. Open the top of the printer and vacuum out the dust.
• Clean the thermal head: this can be done with a soft cloth dipped in alcohol, or with the
cleaning sheet. Cleaning the thermal head will ensure its long life.
• With soft cloth and alcohol: Clean the rubber rollers, sensors and thermal head by
wiping with a clean cloth, or Q-tip, moistened with ethyl alcohol.
• To use the cleaning sheet: Turn the power on and press the OPEN/CLOSE button to
open the paper lid. Remove the paper roll and insert the cleaning sheet, with the
black surface facing down, into the groove in the bottom of the paper compartment
so that it rests in the corner of the outer paper lid. Press and hold the OPEN/CLOSE
button; the lid closes, the buzzer sounds and the printer starts ejecting the cleaning
sheet. Release the OPEN/CLOSE button. Remove the cleaning sheet when the
buzzer stops.
NOTE Never press the PRINT or COPY buttons while the cleaning sheet is inserted.
• The thermal head can be replaced as part of the pm. Alternatively, it can be replaced on fail-
ure.
77560A/65A UP-870/860 Printers: System Specific Information for 77560A/65A UP-870/860 Printers
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77560A/65A
UP-870/860
Printers
Compatibility SONOS 100CF/200, IVUS - Front Mount Only
SONOS 2000/2500 - Front or Side Mount
SONOS 8500GP / PHILIPS SD800 - Side Mount Only
SONOS 5500 - Front or Side Mount
SONOS 100CF/ DIP Switches on System PCBs

200, IVUS None (No DIP switches for peripherals in this system.)
System Settings
for Printers
SONOS 100CF/
200, IVUS
Functio
Cabling n Parts List From/To
Video 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC From E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s VIDEO port
Signal (100CF, 200) or VIDEO OUT TO PRINTER
port (IVUS) to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
Trigger 77000-65560: Remote Print Mono jack end from E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s
Signal Cable PRINT CONTROL port (100CF, 200) or
(contact PRINTER REMOTE port (IVUS), stereo jack
closure) end to printer’s REMOTE port.
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable From E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s AC OUT port to
07807-05060: Power Cord printer’s AC IN port. Use Power Cord Clamp at
Clamp printer’s port (use printer’s screws) and E-box
AC OUT port (use E-box screws).
Optional Parts
8120-6111: Y-cable, and To supply two peripherals from one AC OUT
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps port. Use clamps at all 3 ports.
SONOS 100CF/
200, IVUS Instal-
lation Parts

1000/1500/OR Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
for Printers
Setting for
this
4 Sets signal sent to peripheral: OPEN* For printers connected to the
OPEN for B/W Composite, white BW/COL. CAMERA wire
of the E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
CLOSED for Color Composite.
RGB INTERNAL port.
*The OPEN setting (b/w composite) should be used for b/w printers. The OPEN setting
produces a b/w image with shades of gray in place of colors. If it is set to CLOSED (color
composite signal) a print of an image with color will print b/w with cross hatch lines in
place of colors.
Controller Processor Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
Setting for
this
5 CLOSED for B/W Printer, CLOSED Determines trigger
OPEN for no B/W printer. format for FRAME
button*.
*The trigger signal from the FRAME button will travel through the RGB INTERNAL port,
on the gray FRAME wire. Also: the interactive menu will display “Mitsubishi” when this
switch is on, whether or not the B/W printer is a Mitsubishi.
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
Cabling
Video Signals 77100-64103*: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
and Trigger Cable INTERNAL port, gray FRAME wire to
Signal 1250-0080: BNC Barrel Adapters printer’s REMOTE port using barrel
(contact closure) (2) adapter and control cable, white BW/
77530-64010: Printer Control COL. CAMERA wire goes to printer’s
Cable (extension) VIDEO IN port using barrel adapter and
8120-1840: Four Foot BNC four foot BNC cable.
Cable
Power (This 8120-4456 & 8120-3221: for First cable goes from printer to
printer must use 77560A (NTSC) transformer, second goes from
an isolation 8120-1900 & 8120-3221: for transformer to the non-isolated power
transformer.) 77565A (PAL) strip in cart. Use Power Cord Clamp at
07807-05060: Power Cord printer’s AC IN port (use printer’s
Clamp screws), as well as at transformer’s AC
IN port (use transformer’s screws) and
Transformer assembly listed in installation
parts (next page).

Optional Parts
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps (PAL) transformer. Use clamps at all three
ports.
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
Installation
Rails (2): 77920-02950
Parts
Screws for Rails to cart (4 - same front & rear.): 2680-0055
Printer Base (Tray) (Sits on DSR/Physio tray.): 77560-00010
Screws for Printer Base to Printer (4): 0515-1453 (Remove feet screws, do NOT
remove feet; screw through base, feet, then
printer.)
Nuts for Printer Base to DSR/Physio Tray (2): 2420-0006 5/16” Hex
Front Panels
for printer without a DSR: 77560-00030
for printer with a DSR (2 panels required.): large: 77560-00020, small right: 77450-00020
Nuts for Front Panel(s) to DSR/Physio Tray: 2420-0006

Tinnerman Nuts for Front Panel into cart (4): 0590-0804 10-32
Ball Studs on Front Panel (2): 1390-0448 (Use 1/4” nut driver.)
Rails for Transformer (2): 77801-00100
Screws for Rails to cart
Front (2): 2680-0104
Rear (2): 2680-0057 with 2 washers (1/screw)
3050-0019: 13/64”
Screws and Washers for Transformer to weld Screws (2): 2680-0055 Washers (2):
nuts in Rails: 3050-0019
Screw for Clamp to side of Transformer (1): 2360-0118
Large Clamp for BNC cable (Sits on tray behind 1400-1720
printer.):
Small Clamp for BNC Barrel Adapter (Sits on 1400-1356
tray behind printer.):

Printers
Setting for
this
4 Sets signal sent to peripheral: OPEN* For printers connected to
OPEN for B/W Composite, the white BW/COL.
CAMERA wire of the E-box
Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
INTERNAL port.
place of colors.

Select “UP-870” or “UP-860” for B/W Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU,
OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS).
get for B/W images, color images, VCR images or report pages using the B/W, COLOR,
VCR or Report control knobs. These settings are temporary (i.e. will be lost with a power
cycle or reset) unless saved in a preset.
SONOS 2000/
2500 Cabling
Video 77100-64103*: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Signals and Cable INTERNAL port, gray FRAME wire to
Trigger 1250-0080: BNC Barrel printer’s REMOTE port using barrel adapter
Signal Adapters (2) and control cable, white BW/COL. CAMERA
(contact 77530-64010: Printer Control wire goes to printer’s VIDEO IN port using
closure) Cable (extension) barrel adapter and four foot BNC cable.
8120-1840: Four Foot BNC
Cable
Power 8120-5431: Power Cable for To 115V power strip in cart for 77560A.
77560A (NTSC) To 220V power strip in cart for 77565A.
8120-2572: Power Cable for
77565A (PAL)
* If the 77560A or 65A printer is mounted next to the VCR in the side garage, use the
short version cable 77960-64021 instead of 77100-64103. The cables are identical
except for length. Connections are the same. For more information on cable
77100-64103, see Appendix A.
SONOS 2000/ Installation Parts for Front Mounted Printers

2500 Instal-
Description (& qty) Part Number & additional comments
lation Parts
Screws for Rails into cart (4 - same front & 0515-2506
rear):
Printer Base (Sits on DSR/Physio Tray.): 77450-00660 (Printer’s feet get removed.)
Screw for Printer Base to DSR/Physio Tray 0515-0070
(1):
Screws for Base to Printer (4): 0515-0055
Small Brackets on Rails (2): 77550-01560 (These hold rubber grommets.)
Nuts for Locking Pins onto DSR/Physio Tray 2580-0006
(2):
Front Panels
for printer with DSR: 77450-00540
Nuts for Front Panel to DSR/Physio Tray (4): 0535-0076
Ball Studs on Front Panel (2): 1390-0448 (use 1/4” nut driver)

Large Clamp for BNC cable (Sits on tray 1400-1720
behind printer.):
Small Clamp for Barrel Adapter (Sits on tray 1400-1356
behind printer.):
Power Cable Clamp: 1400-1720 (NTSC) or 1400-1196 (PAL)
Screw for Power Cable Clamp: 0515-0380 M4 Torx

Support Tray: 77960-00340 (In bottom of VCR garage, has hooks to
hold swiveling Pull Out Tray.)
Screws for Support Tray into cart (6): 2510-0194 (Up from bottom with controller open.)
Pull Out Tray: 77960-00360
Screws for Tray to bottom of printer 0515-1102 M3, Torx (T10) (Printer’s feet get
(4): removed.)
Screws for Tray to side of printer (2): 0515-2392 M3, Torx (T10) (2 screws on printer’s right
side get removed.)
Front Panels (Glacier Gray)
with holes for VCR and Printer: 77960-00352
for Printer alone: 77960-00422
Screws for Front Panel to Tray (4): 0515-1102 M3, Torx (T10)
Small Clamp for Barrel Adapter: 1400-1356 (Sits on tray behind printer.)

PHILIPS SD800 Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
for Printers
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL port.
place of colors.

Select “UP-870” or “UP-860” for B/W Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU,
OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS).
8500GP /
PHILIPS SD800
Cabling
Video and 77960-64021*: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Trigger Signals Cable INTERNAL port, gray B/W COMPOSITE
1250-0080: BNC Barrel Adapter wire to printer’s VIDEO IN port; yellow
(contact
77530-64010: Printer Control TRIGGER 1 wire to printer’s REMOTE
closure)
Cable (extension) port using Barrel Adapter and Printer
Control Cable.
Power 8120-4456: Power Cable for To 115V power strip in cart for 77560A.
77560A (NTSC) To 220V power strip in cart for 77565A.
8120-1579: Power Cable for Use Connector Lock at printer’s port (use
77565A (PAL) printer’s screws).
* If an IIE MIC is also present, but a UP-1850 is NOT (SD800 only), then the yellow
TRIGGER 1 wire from this cable goes to the System I/O Panel’s PRINT port using right
angle BNC adapter 1250-0076.
8500GP /
PHILIPS SD800
Installation
Support Tray: 77960-00340 (In bottom of VCR garage, has
Parts
hooks to hold swiveling Pull Out Tray.)
Screws for Support Tray into cart (6): 2510-0194 (Up from bottom with controller
open.)
Pull Out Tray: 77960-00360 (In SD800 systems, has Torx
Driver 8710-2130 attached behind printer with
cable clamp 1400-1720.)
Screws for Tray to bottom of printer (4): 0515-1102 (Printer’s feet must be removed.
Screws into feet holes.)
Screws for Tray to side of printer (2): 0515-2392 (Only right side of printer gets
attached, printer’s original right side screws
must be removed.)
Front Panels
for this printer alone (no VCR)
77960-00422
Glacier Gray (for M2412A systems):
for this printer with a VCR
77960-00350
Mushroom Gray (for SD800 systems):
77960-00352
Glacier Gray (for M2412A systems):
Screws for Front Panel to Tray (4): 0515-1102

System Settings Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
for Printers (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)
Setting for
this
4 Sets signal sent to peripheral: OPEN* For printers connected to the E-box
OPEN for B/W Composite, Rear I/O Panel’s
CLOSED for Color COMP VIDEO port.
Composite.
place of colors.

Select “UP-870” or “UP-860” in for B/W Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST
get for b/w images, color images, VCR images or report pages using the B/W, COLOR,
VCR or Report control knobs. These settings are temporary (i.e. will be lost with a power
cycle or reset) unless saved in a preset.
SONOS 5500
Cabling
Video Signal 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s COMP VIDEO
Cable port to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
Trigger Another From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s TRIGGER 2 port
Signal 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC to printer’s REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter
(contact Cable and extension.
closure) 1250-0080: BNC Barrel
Adapter
Cable (extension)
Power 8120-4456: Power Cable From printer’s AC IN port to 115V power strip
1400-1682: Connector Lock in cart. Use Connector Lock at printer’s port
SONOS 5500 Installation Parts for Front Mounted Printers

Installation
Parts
Shelf Strap (2): 77922-80290

Support Tray: 77960-00340 (In bottom of VCR garage, has hooks to
hold swiveling tray mount.)
Screws for Support Tray into cart (6): 2510-0194 (Up from bottom with controller open.)
Screws for Tray to bottom of printer 0515-1102 (Printer’s feet must be removed. Screws
(4): into feet holes.)
Screws for Tray to side of printer (2): 0515-2392 (Only right side of printer gets attached,
printer’s original right side screws must be removed.)
Front Panels, Glacier Gray
for this printer alone (no VCR): 77960-00422
for this printer with a VCR: 77960-00352
Screws for Front Panel to Tray (4): 0515-1102
Small Clamp for Barrel Adapter: 1400-1356 (Sits on Tray Mount behind printer.)
12 77560B UP-890 Printer

Quick Page Supplies
B/W Paper, 5 rolls of High Density: SNY110HD,
10 rolls of Normal Density: SNY110S
B/W Paper, 5 rolls of Enhanced: SNY110HA,
DIP Switches: All Switches: DOWN (ON) (Printer power must be cycled to activate DIP
switches.)

For SONOS 2000/2500, 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800, SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/Image-

Point Hx, and SONOS 4500/5500:
-Select printer model for B/W Printer or PRINT TRIGGER 1 or 2 in OPTIONS menu.

SONOS 8120-1840: Video Signal From VIDEO port (100CF, 200) or
100CF/200/IVUS VIDEO OUT TO PRINTER port
(IVUS) to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
77000-65560:Trigger Signal From PRINT CONTROL port (100CF,
200) or PRINTER REMOTE port
(IVUS), to printer’s REMOTE port.
SONOS 77100-64103: Video and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port: FRAME
500/1000/1500/ (77960-64021 for side wire to printer’s REMOTE port using
OR, mounting) barrel adapter and extension, BW/COL.
also: CAMERA wire to printer’s VIDEO IN
SONOS 2000/
1250-0080: BNC Barrel port using barrel adapter and BNC cable.
2500
Adapters (2),
77530-64010: Extension, and
8500GP/PHILIPS 77960-64021: Video and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port: B/W
SD800 also: 1250-0080: BNC Barrel COMPOSITE wire to printer’s VIDEO IN
Adapter port, TRIGGER 1 wire to printer’s
77530-64010: Extension REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter and
Extension.

SONOS 1800 M2409-60210 (2 if a color From MONITOR/VIDEO/TRIGGER 1
ImagePoint & printer is present): Video and port to printer: VIDEO 1 wire to printer’s
ImagePoint Hx Trigger VIDEO IN port; TRIGGER* wire to
printer’s REMOTE port.
SONOS 4500/ 8120-1840: Video Signal From COMP VIDEO port to printer’s
5500 VIDEO IN port.
Signal REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter and
also: 1250-0080: BNC Barrel extension.
Extension
* If a color printer is present, the color printer gets TRIGGER from the first cable and the
b/w printer gets TRIGGER from the second cable on the VIDEO/TRIGGER 2 port.
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77560B UP-890 Printer

UP-890 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
System Specific Information for 77560B UP-890 Printer
SONOS 100CF/200, IVUS System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
SONOS 100CF/200, IVUS Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
SONOS 100CF/200, IVUS Installation Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
SONOS 2000/2500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . 339
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
SONOS 4500/5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77560B (NTSC & PAL)
Description: B/W Printer
77560B Manufacturer Model #: UP-890MD

B/W Paper, 5 rolls ( SNY110HA Sony number: UPP-110HA)
B/W Paper, 10 rolls: ( SNY110S Sony number: UPP-110S)
Repair Parts
Front Panel Unit: 1-473-100-11SON
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
Panel Door 1-187-754-11SON
Load Paper shiny side up.

avoid scratches.
a. Remove two screws from each side.
3. Release the slide tray and paper door:
a. On the left side of the printer, near the bottom edge about two inches behind the front
panel is a lock arm, a metal lever that looks like an arrow.
b. Push the forward end of this lever down to release the slide tray, the tray and paper door
slide out the front of the printer.
c. Pull on the paper door until the slide tray tilts forward.
4. Remove the paper door:
a. Spread the two plastic tabs on its sides near the bottom.
b. Pull the bottom forward and lift the door up off the tabs at the top.
5. Remove the front panel:
a. Push the slide tray back in and note how metal tabs on the sides push in metal tabs on the
front panel. Release the slide tray.
b. Remove the front panel screws: one on top and two on the bottom.
c. Spread the plastic tabs at the top corners of the front panel and pull the panel off, swing-
ing the bottom of the front panel forward to clear the slide tray.
d. Rest the front panel on the circuit board (cables remain attached).
6. Remove the spring holder taking care not to lose the springs:
a. Note the two springs on the top front edge of the printer: large spring on the left, small
spring on the right. These are held in place by the spring holder. Also note the head shaft
at the spring holder’s rear and the tabs at its front that hold it in place, and the position of
the power button bracket.
b. Remove the spring holder by removing the two screws on its sides. Pull it forward off the
head shaft and up off the tabs, taking care not to lose the springs.
c. Tilt the spring holder back (ground wire remains attached).
a. The thermal head assembly is held in place by the head shaft at its rear, and one metal tab
on its front right corner. The two screws on top hold the thermal head.
b. Remove the two screws that hold the thermal head.
c. Remove the assembly (metal plate and rollers) by pulling the head shaft out to the left
and lifting the assembly off the tab.
d. Pull the metal plate forward to release the thermal head.
e. Disconnect the two flat cables by pulling the tops of their connectors out, then pulling
the flat cables out.
f. Connect the cables to the new thermal head:
Open the connectors and slide the cables into the connectors as far as they will go, with
the exposed wires side toward the green circuit board. Then push the tops of the con-
nectors back in.
g. Place the thermal head into the metal plate/rollers assembly and attach the two screws to
the top. (It may be necessary to hold the roller tabs onto their mounting pins on the
plate while inserting the thermal head.)
h. Wipe the printing surface of the thermal head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with alco-
hol and do not touch the surface during re-assembly.
i. Place the thermal head assembly back onto the tab in the front right corner, and slide the
head shaft back in from the left.
8. Re-assemble the printer by performing steps 2 through 6 in reverse order. (When re-attach-
ing the spring plate, make sure the power button bracket is in place first. Also, reposition the
front panel with the slide tray open; metal tabs on the front panel must go behind metal tabs
on the slide tray.)
For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77560B UP-890 Printer section.

1. Open the paper door by pressing the OPEN/CLOSE button.
2. Remove jammed paper. Tear off any wrinkled paper from the roll and discard.
Menu Settings
DIP switches: (DOWN = ON) (Printer power must be cycled to activate DIP switches.)
All switches: DOWN (ON)
1: Interrupt: ON = Enabled, OFF = Disabled
2: Postfeed: ON = Enabled, OFF = Disabled
3: aspect Ratio: ON = 4:3, OFF = 1:1
4: Memory: ON = frame, OFF = field
5: Image: ON = positive, OFF = negative
6: Mirror: ON = normal, OFF = reversed
7: Print Direction: ON = normal, OFF = reversed
8&9: Scan Width:
8: OFF = wide2, 8 & 9: ON = wide1,
8: ON & 9: OFF = normal
10: Reserved (ON)

11: Input Signal: ON = B/W, OFF = color
12: Termination Resistance: ON = 75ohm, OFF = none
Paper Selection Switches:

Gamma (Density Gradation): (Effective when Paper Type = II or IV.)
II (Standard) for UPP-110HD paper
III (Hard Gradation) for UPP-110HA
Paper Type (Density):
I (Normal) for UPP-110S paper
II (High Density) for UPP-110HD paper
IV (Enhanced) for UPP-110HA paper
Note: There is no voltage selection switch for these printers. Either model can take either
115V or 220V AC input, and the printer’s circuitry will automatically detect which voltage is
being used and will set itself accordingly.
Printing Size: Normal
Direction: STD (For portfolio prints.)
Thru/EE: Thru

None
Error Codes
None
Trouble- Do not carry or move printer with paper roll installed. Doing so may cause malfunction.
shooting & Tips Do not power off while printing. The thermal head may be damaged.
page 322.
If the printer stops printing after a series of prints with a lot of black in them and the alarm
buzzer sounds, then the thermal head has overheated. The printer’s thermal head pro-
tection program has kicked in. Stop printing for a while to allow the head to cool.
If the print's image size cannot be changed, ESD has probably damaged the size selec-
tor circuitry. Printer will fail at an ESD level of above 10KV. If not being able to change the
size is a big problem for the customer, replace the printer.
77560B UP-890 Printer: System Specific Information for 77560B UP-890 Printer

• Clean the rubber rollers, sensors and thermal head by wiping with a clean cloth, or Q-tip,
moistened with ethyl alcohol. Cleaning the thermal head will ensure its long life.
• The thermal head can be replaced as part of the pm. Alternatively it can be replaced on fail-
ure. The thermal head typically lasts 100,000 prints.
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77560B
UP-890
Printer
Compatibility SONOS 100CF, 200, IVUS -Front Mount Only
SONOS 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 - Side Mount Only
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx - Front Mount Only

200, IVUS None (No DIP switches for peripherals in this system.)
System Settings
for Printers
SONOS 100CF/
200, IVUS
Cabling
Video Signal 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC From E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s VIDEO port
(100CF, 200) or VIDEO OUT TO PRINTER
port (IVUS) to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
Signal Cable PRINT CONTROL port (100CF, 200) or
(contact PRINTER REMOTE port (IVUS), stereo jack
closure) end to printer’s REMOTE port.
07807-05060: Power Cord printer’s AC IN port. Use Power Cord Clamp
Clamp at printer’s port (use printer’s screws) and E-box
Optional Parts
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps port. Use clamps at all 3 ports.
SONOS 100CF/
200, IVUS Instal-
lation Parts
Shelf for this printer: 77901-00490 (Shelf comes with thumb
latches.)
feet.)

for Printers
Setting for
this
OPEN for B/W Composite, white BW/COL. CAMERA wire of
the E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
INTERNAL port.
place of colors.

Setting for
this
5 CLOSED for B/W Printer, CLOSED Determines trigger format for FRAME
OPEN for no B/W printer. button*.
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
Cabling
Trigger Signals Cable INTERNAL port, gray FRAME wire to
(contact 1250-0080: BNC Barrel Adapters printer’s REMOTE port using Barrel
(2) Adapter and Printer Control Cable
closure)
77530-64010: Printer Control (extension), white BW/COL. CAMERA wire
Cable (extension) to printer’s VIDEO IN port using Barrel
8120-1840: Four Foot BNC Adapter and Four Foot BNC Cable.
Cable
Power 8120-4456 & 8120-3221: when First cable goes from printer to transformer,
(This printer printer set to NTSC second goes from transformer to the
must use an 8120-1900 & 8120-3221: when non-isolated power strip in cart. Use Power
isolation printer set to PAL Cord Clamp at printer’s AC IN port (use
transformer.) 07807-05060: Power Cord printer’s screws), as well as at transformer’s
Clamp AC IN port (use transformer’s screws) and
Transformer Assembly listed in installation
parts (next page).
Optional Parts
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps (PAL) transformer. Use clamps at all 3 ports.
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
Installation
Rails (2): 77920-02950
Parts
Screws for Rails to cart (4 - same front & rear.): 2680-0055
Printer Base (Tray) (Sits on the DSR/Physio tray.): 77560-00010
Screws for Printer Base to Printer (4): 0515-1453 (Remove feet screws, do NOT
remove feet; screw through base, feet,
then printer.)
Nuts for Printer Base to DSR/Physio Tray (2): 2420-0006 5/16” Hex
Front Panels
This printer without a DSR: 77560-00030
This printer with a DSR (2 panels required): large: 77560-00020, small right:
77450-00020
Nuts for Front Panel(s) to DSR/Physio Tray: 2420-0006
Tinnerman Nuts for Front Panel to Cart (4): 0590-0804
Large Clamp for BNC cable: 1400-1720 (Sits on tray behind printer.)
Ball Studs on Front Panel (2): 1390-0448 (Use 1/4” nut driver.)
Transformer Assembly for printer set to NTSC: 77550-60200 (Includes tray.)
Transformer Assembly for printer set to PAL: 77535-60200 (Includes tray.)

Rails for Transformer (2): 77801-00100
Front (2): 2680-0104
Rear (2): 2680-0057 with 2 washers 3050-0019:
13/64”
Screws and Washers for Transformer to weld nuts Screws (2): 2680-0055 Washers (2):
in Rails: 3050-0019

Printers
Setting for
this
4 Sets signal sent to peripheral: OPEN* For printers connected to the white
OPEN for B/W Composite, BW/COL. CAMERA wire of the
E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
CLOSED for Color
INTERNAL port.
Composite.
place of colors.

(Software revision A.1.1 is preferred but not required to use the 77560B printer.)
Select “UP-890” if available (rev A.1.1 or later) or “UP-870” for NTSC, “UP-860” for PAL
for B/W Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU, OTHER TESTS & UTILI-
TIES, OPTIONS).
SONOS 2000/
2500 Cabling
Trigger Cable INTERNAL port, gray FRAME wire to
Signals 1250-0080: BNC Barrel printer’s REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter
(contact Adapters (2) and Printer Control Cable (extension), white
closure) 77530-64010: Printer Control BW/COL. CAMERA wire to printer’s
Cable (extension) VIDEO IN port using Barrel Adapter and
8120-1840: Four Foot BNC Four Foot BNC Cable.
Cable
strip in cart.
*If the 77560B printer is mounted next to the VCR in the side garage, use the short ver-
sion cable 77960-64021 instead of 77100-64103. The cables are identical except for
length. Connections are the same. For more information on cable 77100-64103, see
Appendix A.

2500 Instal-
lation Parts
rear.):
Printer Base (Tray) (Sits on DSR/Physio Tray.): 77450-00660 (Printer’s feet get removed.)
Screw for Printer Base to DSR/Physio Tray 0515-0070
(1):
Screws for Printer Base to Printer (4): 0515-0055
Small Brackets on Rails (2): 77550-01560 (These hold Rubber Grommets.)
Nuts for Locking Pins to DSR/Physio Tray (2): 2580-0006
Front Panels
for printer with DSR: 77450-00540
Nuts for Front Panel to Tray (4): 0535-0076 (Front Panel comes with embedded
screws.)
Ball Studs (2) on Front Panel: 1390-0448 (Use 1/4” nut driver.)

Large Clamp for BNC cable: 1400-1720 (Sits on tray behind printer.)
Screw for Power Cable Clamp: 0515-0380 M4 Torx

hooks to hold swiveling tray mount.)
open.)
Screws for Tray to bottom of printer (4): 0515-1102 M3, Torx (T10) (Printer’s feet get
removed.)
Screws for Tray to side of printer (2): 0515-2392 M3, Torx (T10) (2 screws on
printer’s right side get removed.)
Front Panels (Glacier Gray)
with holes for VCR and Printer: 77960-00352
for Printer alone: 77960-00422
Screws for Front Panel to Tray (4): 0515-1102 M3, Torx (T10)
8500GP/ DIP Switches on System PCBs

PHILIPS SD800 Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
for Printers
Setting for
this
4 Sets signal sent to peripheral: OPEN* For printers connected to
OPEN for B/W Composite, the white BW/COL.
CAMERA wire of the
E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
RGB INTERNAL port.
place of colors.

TIES, OPTIONS).
8500GP/
PHILIPS SD800
Cabling
Video and 77960-64021: Internal Video From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
Trigger Signals Cable INTERNAL port to printer: gray B/W
(contact 1250-0080: BNC Barrel COMPOSITE wire to printer’s VIDEO IN
closure) Adapter port; gray TRIGGER 2 wire to printer’s
77530-64010: Printer Control REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter and
Cable (extension) Printer Control Cable (extension).
1400-1682: Connector Lock strip. Use Connector Lock at printer’s port
8500GP/
PHILIPS SD800
Installation
Support Tray: 77960-00340 (In bottom of VCR garage,
Parts
has hooks to hold swiveling tray mount.)
Screws for Support Tray into cart (6): 2510-0194 (Up from bottom with
controller open.)
Pull Out Tray: 77960-00360 (In SD800 systems, has Torx
Driver 8710-2130 attached behind printer
with cable clamp 1400-1720.)
Screws for Tray to bottom of Printer (4): 0515-1102 (Printer’s feet must be
removed. Screws into feet holes.)

Screws for Tray to side of Printer (2): 0515-2392 (Only right side of printer gets
attached, printer’s original right side
screws must be removed.)
Front Panels
for this printer alone (no VCR)
for this printer with a VCR
Screws for Front Panel to Tray Mount (4): 0515-1102

ImagePoint/ Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
ImagePoint Hx (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)
System Settings
Setting for
for Printers this
4 Sets signal sent to peripheral: OPEN* For printers connected to the VIDEO 1
OPEN for B/W Composite, wire on the
Internal I/O Panel’s
CLOSED for Color
MONITOR/VIDEO/TRIGGER1
Composite.
port.
place of colors.

Select “UP-890” for PRINT TRIGGER 1 or PRINT TRIGGER 2 in the system's OPTIONS
menu (TEST MENU, OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS) (If UP-890 is the only
printer installed, it will be on Print Trigger 1. If a color printer is also present, the UP-890
will be on Print Trigger 2.)
SONOS 1800/
ImagePoint/
Peripheral
ImagePoint Hx s Function Parts List From/To
Cabling
If NO Video and M2409-60210: Video From Internal I/O/I Panel’s
color Trigger Output Cable MONITOR/VIDEO/TRIGGER 1
printer is Signals port to printer: VIDEO 1 wire to
present. (contact printer’s VIDEO IN port; TRIGGER
closure) wire to printer’s REMOTE port.
I If a color Video Signal M2409-60210: Video From Internal I/O/I Panel’s
printer is Output Cable MONITOR/VIDEO/TRIGGER 1
present. port to printer: VIDEO 1 wire to
printer’s VIDEO IN port.
Trigger Signal Another From Internal I/O/I Panel’s VIDEO/
(contact M2409-60210: Video TRIGGER 2 port to printer:
closure) Output Cable TRIGGER wire to printer’s REMOTE
port.
Peripheral
s Function Parts List From/To
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable From PDM AC OUT sockets (J3 thru
OR J6) to printer’s AC IN port. Use
8120-2133: 8’ Power Cable Retainer Bracket (with cable ties) at
1400-1682: Connector PDM, use Connector Lock at Printer’s
Lock AC IN port (use printer’s screws).
5080-2456: Cord Retainer
Kit:
5001-9852: Retainer
Bracket
0515-0210: Screws (2)
SONOS 1800/
ImagePoint
Installation
Shelf Strap (1): 19500-80004
Parts

Printers
Setting for
this
4 Sets signal sent to peripheral: OPEN* For printers connected
OPEN for B/W Composite, to the E-box Rear I/O
Panel’s
COMP VIDEO port.
place of colors.

TIES, OPTIONS).
SONOS 4500/
5500 Cabling
Trigger Signal Another From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s TRIGGER 2 port
(contact 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC to printer’s REMOTE port using barrel adapter
closure) Cable and extension.
1250-0080: BNC Barrel
Adapter
Cable (extension)

5500 Instal-
lation Parts
For Front Mounted Printer
Shelf Strap (2): 77922-80290

open.)
Screws go into feet holes.)
Screws for Tray to side of printer (2): 0515-2392 (Only one side of printer gets
attached. Printer’s original side screws get
removed.)
Front Panels: Glacier Gray
77560C UP-895MD Printer: Quick Page
13 77560C UP-895MD Printer

Quick Page Supplies
B/W Paper, High Density (5 rolls): SNY110HD
High Gloss (5 rolls): SNY110HG
B/W Paper, Standard (10 rolls): SNY110S

DIP Switches: All Switches: ON (Down) except Switches 1 & 7 OFF (Up)
Front Panel Switches (in paper tray):

SHARPNESSOFF: no emphasis; I,II,II: select in this order for sharper image.
GAMMAI: soft gradation; II: standard; III: hard gradation.
PAPER TYPE I: UPP-100S; II: UPP-110HD; V: UPP-110HG.
SMOOTHINGOFF: normal; ON: high density, slower printing speed.

For SONOS 4500/5500 and ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx*:

-Select printer model for B/W Printer or PRINT TRIGGER 1 or 2 in OPTIONS menu.
Note: *For all compatible systems, software revisions prior to B.1 can operate the
77560C as a 77560B by selecting the UP-890 in the MODIFY OPTIONS menu.

SONOS 4500/ 8120-1840: Video Signal From COMP VIDEO port to printer’s
5500 VIDEO IN port.
Signal REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter and
also: 1250-0080: BNC Barrel extension.
Extension
ImagePoint, & M2409-60210 (2 if a color printer From MONITOR/VIDEO/TRIGGER 1
ImagePoint Hx is present): Video and Trigger port to printer: VIDEO 1 wire to printer’s
VIDEO IN port; TRIGGER* wire to
Note:*If a color printer is present, the color printer gets TRIGGER from the first cable
port.
77560C UP-895MD Printer: Table of Contents for 77560C UP-895 Printer
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77560C UP-895 Printer

77560C Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
UP-895 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
System Specific Information for 77560C UP-895 Printer
SONOS 4500/5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
77560C UP-895MD Printer: Printer Specific Information for 77560C UP-895 Printer

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77560C (NTSC & PAL)
Description: Small Format B/W Printer
77560C Manufacturer Model #: UP-895MD
Manufacturer Service Manual: Sony part number 9-955-192-01
Manufacturer Users Manual: Sony part number 3-868-286-01

B/W Paper, 5 rolls: SNY110HG (Sony number: UPP-110HG)
B/W Paper, 10 rolls: SNY110S (Sony number: UPP-110S)

Note: The SNY110HD and SNY110S papers can also be used on the 77560A/565A
(UP-870MD/860CE) and the 77560B (UP-890MD) printers. However, the SNY110HG
paper can only be used on the 77560C (UP-895MD).
Note:UPP-110HA is used on the 77560B (UP-890), but is not recommended for the
77560C (UP-895).
Repair Parts
Cleaning Sheet: 3-623-865-01SO

Tools Required: phillips head screwdriver, alcohol, and a soft cloth or Q-Tip.
1. Remove the top cover of the printer (four screws):

2. Unlock the lock arm (bottom right-side of printer)
3. Remove the door panel (two screws)
4. Remove the front panel (two screws in top and bottom):
5. Remove power switch rod stopper, then remove rod.
6. Remove top chassis (two screws).
7. Carefully remove compression springs.
8. Disconnect two thermal head ribbon cables from rest of printer.
9. Remove the head assembly (no screws).
10. Remove the two ribbon cables from the thermal head.
11. Detach heat sink from top of thermal head.
12. Install new thermal head and re-assemble printer.

1. Open the paper door by pressing the OPEN button.
2. Pull out the jammed paper slowly and remove it.
NOTE Condensation inside the printer can cause paper jams. Condensation can form when
the printer is moved from a cold place to a warm place. If there is condensation inside
the printer, turn off power and allow the unit to stand for about one to two hours
before continuing to the next step.

Peripheral (Bold = correct setting for this printer in any Philips Ultrasound system)
Switch and Front Panel Switches (in paper tray):
Menu Settings
Philips
Ultrasoun
Switch Function Switch Settings d Default
Sharpness Adjust sharpness OFF: Set to not emphasize outline of OFF
of printout printout.
I,II,III:Set for a sharper outline. Printout
becomes sharper in the order of I, II, and
Gamma Sets tone of printouts I: Soft gradation II
(density gradation) II: Standard
III: Hard gradation
Paper Type Selects paper type I: Normal (for UPP-110S) V
II: High Density (for UPP-110HD)
V: High Glossy (for UPP-110HG)
Smoothing Selects line density OFF:Normally set to this position. OFF
ON: Set for high print
density and better print quality. Printing
speed is slower than OFF position.
Rear Panel DIP Switches:

Philips
SW-DOWN SW-UP Ultrasound
DIP Switch Function Setting Setting Default
Switch 1 INTERRUPT ON OFF UP OFF
Switch 2 POSTFEED ON OFF DOWN ON
Switch 3 ASPECT 4:3 1:1 DOWN 4:3
Switch 4 MEMORY FRAME FIELD DOWN FRAME
Switch 5 DIRECTION NORM REV DOWN NORM
Switch 6 SCAN --------- WIDE2 DOWN ---------
Switch 7 WIDE1 NORM UP NORM
Switch 8 OUTPUT THRU EE DOWN THRU
Switch 9 AGC OFF ON DOWN ON
Switch 10 RESERVED --------- --------- DOWN ---------
Switch 11 INPUT B&W Color DOWN B&W
Switch 12 75 Ohms ON OFF DOWN ON
---------
Controls on Front of Printer:

Philips
Ultrasound
Function Settings Default
Power Switch & Switch turns power on. Power lamp is lit when power is
Lamp applied.
Image Size SML:Small NOR
NOR:Normal
R/T: Right/Top (2x)
L/B:Left/Bottom (2x)
STD/SIDE STD:Prints in same direction as displayed. STD
SIDE: Print image rotated 90º CCW.
CONTR Adjusts contrast of printouts. 12 o’clock
(straight up)
BRIGHT Adjusts brightness of printouts. 12 o’clock

(straight up)
POSI/NEGA POSI:Set for positive printouts (white image/black POSI
background).
NEGA: Set for negative printouts (black image/white/
background).
FEED Press to feed paper.
COPY Prints another copy of the previous printout.
Philips
Ultrasound
Function Settings Default
PRINT Press to print current image on monitor.
EMPTY (lamp) Lights when printer is out of paper.
OPEN Press to open front door.

None
Error Codes
None
Trouble- Do not carry or move printer with paper roll installed. Doing so may cause malfunctions.
shooting & Tips Do not power off while printing. The thermal head may be damaged.
White lines or small letters on screen do not print clearly. Check that the rear panel DIP
Switch 11 (INPUT) is set to B&W (SW-DOWN) when input signal is black & white.
Small squares appear over the entire screen. Check that the rear panel DIP Switch 11
(INPUT) is set to COLOR (SW-UP) when input signal is color.
Printout is too dark or too light. Check that the rear panel DIP Switch 12 (75 OHMS) is
set correctly: default setting is OFF (SW-DOWN).
ting of the Scan Mode DIP switches: rear panel DIP switches 6 & 7. See “Peripheral
Switch and Menu Settings” on page 352.
Dirty printouts can be caused by a dirty thermal head. Use the head cleaning sheet that
is supplied with the printer to clean the thermal head.
If the printer stops printing after a series of prints with a lot of black and the alarm buzzer
sounds, then the thermal head has overheated. The printer’s thermal head protection
program has kicked in. Stop printing for a while to allow the head to cool.
If the print's image size cannot be changed, ESD has probably damaged the size selec-
tor circuitry. Printer will fail at an ESD level of above 10KV. If not being able to change the
size is a big problem for the customer, replace the printer.

• Clean the rubber rollers, sensors and thermal head by wiping with a clean cloth, or Q-tip,
moistened with ethyl alcohol. Cleaning the thermal head will ensure its long life.
• The thermal head can be replaced as part of the PM. Alternatively it can be replaced on fail-
ure. The thermal head typically lasts 100,000 prints.
77560C UP-895MD Printer: System Specific Information for 77560C UP-895 Printer
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77560C
UP-895
Printer
Compatibility SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx - Front Mount Only
List SONOS 4500/5500 - Front or Side Mount
ImagePoint/ DIP Switches on System PCBs

ImagePoint Hx Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
for Printers
Setting for
this
OPEN for B/W Composite, VIDEO 1 wire on the Internal I/
OI Panel’s MONITOR/VIDEO/
TRIGGER1 port.
place of colors.

Select “UP-895” for PRINT TRIGGER 1 or PRINT TRIGGER 2 in the system's OPTIONS
menu (TEST MENU, OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS) (If UP-895 is the only
printer installed, it will be on Print Trigger 1. If a color printer is also present, the UP-895
will be on Print Trigger 2.)
Note: For all compatible systems, software revisions prior to B.1 can operate the 77560C
as a 77560B by selecting the UP-890 in the MODIFY OPTIONS menu.
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
Peripheral
Cabling s Function Parts List From/To
If NO Video and M2409-60210: Video From Internal I/O/I Panel’s
color Trigger Output Cable MONITOR/VIDEO/TRIGGER 1
printer is Signals port to printer: VIDEO 1 wire to
present. (contact printer’s VIDEO IN port; TRIGGER
closure) wire to printer’s REMOTE port.
If a color Video Signal M2409-60210: Video From Internal I/O/I Panel’s
printer is Output Cable MONITOR/VIDEO/TRIGGER 1
present. port to printer: VIDEO 1 wire to
Trigger Signal Another From Internal I/O/I Panel’s VIDEO/
(contact M2409-60210: Video TRIGGER 2 port to printer:
closure) Output Cable TRIGGER wire to printer’s REMOTE
port.
Peripheral
s Function Parts List From/To
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable From PDM AC OUT sockets (J3 thru
OR J6) to printer’s AC IN port. Use
8120-2133: 8’ Power Retainer Bracket (with cable ties) at
Cable PDM, use Connector Lock at Printer’s
1400-1682: Connector AC IN port (use printer’s screws).
Lock
5080-2456: Cord Retainer
Kit:
5001-9852: Retainer
Bracket
0515-0210: Screws (2)
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
Installation
Shelf Strap (1): 19500-80004
Parts

Printers
Setting for
this
4 Sets signal sent to peripheral: OPEN* For printers connected
OPEN for B/W Composite, to the E-box Rear I/O
Panel’s
COMP VIDEO port.
place of colors.

(Software revision B.1 is preferred but not required to use the 77560C printer.)
Select “UP-895” if available (rev B.1 or later) or “UP-870” for NTSC, “UP-860” for PAL for
B/W Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU, OTHER TESTS & UTILITIES,
OPTIONS).
SONOS 4500/
5500 Cabling
Trigger Signal Another From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s TRIGGER 2 port
(contact 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC to printer’s REMOTE port using barrel adapter
closure) Cable and extension.
1250-0080: BNC Barrel
Adapter
Cable (extension)

5500 Instal-
lation Parts
For Front Mounted Printer
Shelf Strap (2): 77922-80290

open.)
Screws go into feet holes.)
Screws for Tray to side of printer (2): 0515-2392 (Only one side of printer gets
attached. Printer’s original side screws get
removed.)
Front Panels: Glacier Gray
77570A/B Mitsubishi Printer: Quick Page
14 77570A/B Mitsubishi Printer

Quick Page Supplies
Paper, 4 rolls, (93 images/roll): 40458A (Mitsubishi number: K70S)
Cleaning Sheet: 4058AK
Paper Removal Tool: 77570-20020
Thermal Head: 460D01002MIT

Back Panel Controls:
DIP Switches: (UP = ON)
SONOS 500/1000 or higher: ALL DOWN (OFF)
SONOS 100: #1 (AGC) UP (ON), all others: DOWN (OFF)
PAPER: SUPER
LINES: 525 for NTSC, 625 for PAL
IMP (impedance): In SONOS 100: 75; In SONOS 500 or 1000: HIGH
INPUT LEVEL: maximum (clockwise); In SONOS 100: center (detent)
Voltage Selection Switch: 120 or 240V

77570A/B Mitsubishi Printer: Quick Page

Video I/O SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR 4: OPEN

SONOS 8120-1840: Video Signal From VIDEO OUT TO PRINTER
100A/B port to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
77000-60560:Trigger Signal From PRINTER REMOTE port to
SONOS 77100-64103: Video and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port, gray
500/1000/1500/ Signals FRAME wire to printer’s REMOTE
OR, also: 1250-0583: Coaxial Adapter port using Coaxial Adapter; white BW/
77570-63000: Contrast Assembly COL. CAMERA wire to gray wire on
SONOS 2000/
1250-2209: Micro BNC Adapter Contrast Assembly using Micro BNC
2500
Adapter. Then the black wire from the
Contrast Assembly goes to the printer’s
VIDEO IN port.
77570A/B Mitsubishi Printer: Table of Contents for 77570A/B Mitsubishi Printer
Table of Printer Specific Information for the 77570A/B Printers

77570A/B Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Mitsubishi Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Internal Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
System Specific Information for the 77570A/B Printers
SONOS 100A, B System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
SONOS 100A, B Cabling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
SONOS 100A, B Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
77570A/B Mitsubishi Printer: Printer Specific Information for the 77570A/B Printers

Specific Infor- Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77570A & 77570B (Both models have both NTSC & PAL
mation for the capability.)
Exchange Part #: 77570-68200
77570A/B Description: B/W Printers
Printers Manufacturer Model #: P72U
Manufacturer Name: Mitsubishi
Manufacturer U.S. Phone #: 800-344-6352
(For international support, contact your local Mitsubishi service center.)
Manufacturer Service Manual: 871C3002 (77570A & 77570B) Order from Mitsubishi.

Paper, 4 rolls, (93 images/roll): 40458A (Mitsubishi number: K70S)
Cleaning Sheet: 4058AK
Paper Removal Tool: 77570-20020
Peripheral Stand: 77000-40130
Repair Parts
Thermal Head: 460D01002MIT
Cutter Panel: 761C28401MIT (Also order next item.)
Door Assembly: 702C75307MIT (Order label separately.)
Door Catch: 621D05501MIT
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
Label Kits
French: 77570-80021
German: 77570-80022
Dutch: 77570-80023
Italian: 77570-80024
Spanish: 77570-80025
Russian: 77570-80026
Lever (Front Panel): 621D28801MIT
Knob Pointer: 0370-1099
Modified paper guide: 77570-20030 (To prevent paper jams.)
Mounting Ear: 77570-20010
Paper Guide: 592C43901MIT (Below paper exit.)
Platen Ass'y (Roller): 940D06202MIT
Remote Switch, Front: 77570-80070
RFI Parts
Ground Plate 77570-00090
Nut 8/32 x 11/32 (3 ea): 2480-0006
Screw 8/32 x 3/4 (3 ea): 2510-0125
Strip Fingers (3 ea): 8160-0443
Video Copy Ass'y: 939P13302MIT
White Paper Holder Cap: 621D26501MIT

Tools Required: small phillips head screwdriver, alcohol and a soft cloth or Q-Tip.
suitable work surface.
a. Remove two screws from each side and one screw from the back top edge.
b. Lift the cover up to remove.
3. Remove the cover plate and springs:
a. The cover plate is in the front top of the printer and has many vent holes.
b. Remove the two screws on each side wall that hold this cover plate, taking care to not
strip the screws.
c. Tilt the back of the cover plate up, reach in and remove the two springs.
d. Slide the plate toward the back slightly, then up to remove. The thermal head can now be
seen.
4. Remove the thermal head and replace it with the new one:
a. Disconnect the two cables at the rear of the thermal head.
b. Remove three screws from each head bracket on top of the thermal head and lift the
brackets off (the temperature sensor and cable on one bracket remain attached).
c. Lift the thermal head out. Wipe the printing surface of the new thermal head with a soft
cloth or Q-Tip wet with alcohol and place it into position. Do not touch the surface dur-
ing re-assembly.
d. Attach the head brackets to the new thermal head with the six screws removed earlier.
e. Connect the two cables to the rear of the new thermal head.
For cabling details see the System Specific Information for the 77570A/B Printers section.

When paper jams, the buzzer sounds and the STAND-BY light goes out.
1. If the printer is jammed but the paper is past the cutter (and can be seen without opening the
printer door, follow steps a through c below. If the printer is jammed but no paper is visible
outside the printer, skip this step and proceed to step 2.
a. Pull the paper out from the paper exit slot until the buzzer stops and the STAND-BY
light illuminates.
b. Begin printing again.
c. If a jam recurs immediately, repeat above steps; if this does not clear the jam then pro-
ceed to step 2.
2. The printer is jammed and no paper is visible outside the printer. Proceed as follows:
a. Open the printer door.
b. Lift the tension lever to the upward position.
c. Loosen some additional paper from the roll, leave approximately six inches of paper hang-
ing from the paper insertion slot, and cut the paper from the roll below this.
d. Pull the paper backwards from the paper insertion slot until it is fully removed from the
printer. (You may have to pull very hard and wiggle the paper back and forth slightly.)
e. Reload the paper by manually feeding it from the roll into the insertion slot until the
STAND-BY light illuminates. Then return the tension lever to the down position and hold
the paper feed button until the paper comes out the exit slot. (You may have to feed a lit-
tle more paper in by hand.)
f. Close the paper door and retry the print. If the jam cannot be cleared, proceed to step 3.
3. The paper is jammed behind the paper cutter. Proceed as follows:

a. Turn the printer power off and open the paper door.
b. Remove the paper cutter above the exit slot by removing its three screws.
c. Remove the exit guide below the exit slot by removing its two screws.
d. Remove any small pieces of paper.
e. Use the paper removal tool to cut paper that is wrapped around the rubber roller by
carefully slipping the sharp point of the tool underneath the first layer of paper and sliding
it across, parallel to the roller. DO NOT remove the paper by hand. Cut the paper from
the roll one layer at a time. DO NOT press the tool against the roller as this may damage
it.
f. Press the PAPER FEED button to remove the paper that was cut from the roller. DO
NOT pull on the paper as this may result in damage.
g. After the jammed paper has been removed, clean any dust or dirt off the rubber roller
with a soft brush. Also clean the cutter.
h. Reassemble the paper cutter and exit guide. DO NOT overtighten the screws.
i. Reload the paper, turn on the printer and retry the print.
Menu Settings
DIP Switches: (UP = ON)
SONOS 500/1000 or higher: ALL: DOWN (OFF)
SONOS 100: #1 (AGC): UP (ON), all others: DOWN (OFF)
1: AGC: ON/OFF
2: Comb Filter: ON/OFF (Switch 3 must be OFF and LINES must = 525.)
3: Color Sub-Carrier Trap: ON/OFF
4: Composite Gradation: ON = 2 Tones; OFF = 16/64 Tones
5: Reserved (OFF)
6: Disable Dithering: ON = Disabled; OFF = Enabled
7: Reserved (OFF)
8: Aspect Ratio: ON = 1:1; OFF = 3:4
PAPER: SUPER
LINES: 525 for NTSC, 625 for PAL
IMP (impedance): In SONOS 100: 75; In SONOS 500 or 1000: HIGH
INPUT LEVEL: maximum (clockwise); In SONOS 100: center (detent)
PICTURE: center (detent)
Voltage Selection Switch: 120 or 240V
Front Panel Switches:

INPUT LEVEL: center (Rotary knob on upper right of Philips Ultrasound enclosure. This
control is effectively an input attenuator.)
CONTRAST: NORMAL (center button) (These are the buttons with the partially darkened
circles above them.)
DIRECTION (of print): NORMAL (left button) (These are the buttons with the arrows
above them.)
POSI/NEGA (Positive/Negative Image): POSI (out) (This is the button with the white-on-black
image to its left, and the black-on-white image to its right.)

None
Error Codes
STAND-BY light must be on. If not check for proper paper loading or condensation inside.
Trouble- Pressing ultrasound system print button instead of printer’s button can improve image
shooting & Tips quality (SONOS 100s with old sw: 77000-10021 or earlier).
High humidity and a bad lot (batch) of paper are known sources of poor print quality.
DIP switch 3: (chrominance signal trap) can be turned on (up) to improve print quality,
when making b/w prints from color mode.
Total failure: check fuses and power cord.
Most failures traced to poor paper loading, poor paper quality and excessive moisture.
Printing defects and image quality problems can be traced to damaged rollers. This roller
damage can easily be caused when unjamming paper from the roll - be sure to unjam
carefully, with the proper cutting tool, 1 layer of paper at a time.

Procedures • Clean the rubber rollers, sensors and thermal head by wiping with a clean cloth, or Q-tip,
moistened with alcohol. Cleaning the thermal head will ensure its long life.
• The thermal head can be replaced as part of the pm. Alternatively, it can be replaced on
failure.
77570A/B Mitsubishi Printer: System Specific Information for the 77570A/B Printers
System
Specific Infor-
mation for the
77570A/B
Printers
Compatibility SONOS 100A, B - Front Mount Only
List SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR - Front or Bench Mount
SONOS 100A, B DIP Switches on System PCBs

System Settings None (No DIP switches for peripherals in this system.)
for Printers
NOTE The printer’s AGC (Rear Panel DIP switch #1) must be ON for this system. Rear panel
DIP switches control filters and automatic gain. With mechanical systems (SONOS
100) there is no additional front panel gain or contrast controls and therefore AGC
(DIP switch #1) must be ON. If AGC is OFF and printer is used outside of an Philips
Ultrasound enclosure, contrast will be inadequate.
SONOS 100A, B
Cabling
Video Signal 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC From E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s VIDEO OUT TO
PRINTER port to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
Trigger Signal 77000-60560: Remote From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s PRINTER REMOTE
(contact Control Cable port to printer’s REMOTE port.
closure)
Power 77000-60600: Power Cable From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s AC OUT port to
77000-00400: Clamp printer’s AC IN port. Use Clamp at E-box AC
OUT port (use E-box screws). Use Connector
1400-1682: Connector
Lock at printer’s port (user printer’s screws).
Lock
SONOS 100A, B
Installation
Parts

for Printers
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL port.
place of colors.

Setting for
this
5 CLOSED for B/W Printer, CLOSED Determines trigger format
OPEN for no B/W printer. for FRAME button*.
* The trigger signal from the FRAME button will travel through the RGB INTERNAL port,
SONOS 500/ Cabling for Internally Mounted Printer

1000/1500/OR
Cabling
(contact 1250-0583: Coaxial Adapter printer’s REMOTE port using Coaxial
closure) 77570-63000: Contrast Adapter; white BW/COL. CAMERA wire to
Assembly gray wire on Contrast Assembly using Micro
1250-2209: Micro BNC Adapter BNC Adapter. Then the black wire from the
Contrast Assembly goes to the printer’s
VIDEO IN port.
Power 8120-5457: for 77570B set to Power Cable from printer’s AC IN port with
115V Connector Lock (use printer’s screws) to
8120-5167: for 77570B set to non-isolated power strip in cart.
220V
Power for 8120-5431 & 8120-5167: for First cable goes from printer to transformer,
printers that 77570B set to 115V second goes from transformer to the
use an 8120-1900 & 8120-3221: for non-isolated power strip in cart. Use Power
isolation 77570B set to 220V Cord Clamp at printer’s AC IN port (use
transformer. 07807-05060: Power Cord printer’s screws), as well as at transformer’s
Clamp AC IN port (use transformer’s screws) and
Transformer Assembly listed in Installation
Parts.

Optional Parts
77000-00610: Y-cable clamp (PAL) transformer. Use clamps at all 3 ports.
Cabling for Externally (Bench) Mounted Printer

Video Signals 8120-1840: Four foot BNC From System I/O Panel’s B/W AUX port to
(Bench Printers Cable the printer’s VIDEO IN port.
do not get trigger
signals.)
Power Cables
AreaPart Number AreaPart Number
or 8 foot version 8120-5429
SONOS 500/ Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Printer No special parts required for
1000/1500/OR bench mount.)(
Installation Description (& qty) Part Number & Comments
Parts
Rails (2): 77920-02950
rear.):
Tray (Chassis): 77570-00200
Clips for Tray to Rails (Clips screw into Tray, have slots for Rails.)
Left: 77523-00150
Right: 77523-00160
Screws for Clips to Tray (4): 2360-0115
Front Panel, Internal: 77570-00100
Contrast Knob (Attenuator Assembly): 77570-63000
Screws for Front Panel to cart: 77020-20040 (Dress, parchment white)
Transformer Assembly for 77570B set to 77550-60200 (Includes tray.)
115V:
Transformer assembly for 77570B set to 77535-60200 (Includes tray.)
220V:
Rails for Transformer Assembly (2): 77801-00100
Screws for Transformer Assembly to weld 2680-0055 with 2 flat washers (1/screw)
nuts in Rails (2): 3050-0019

Screws for Transformer Rails to cart
Front (2): 2680-0104
Rear (2): 2680-0057 with 2 flat washers (1/screw)
3050-0019
Hold Down Strap: 77570-00030
Chassis, Internal: 77570-00200
Side Trim: 5001-0541
Top Trim: 5041-8802
Rack, Ear Mount (Bracket): 77570-20010
Power Supply: 77570-60020
Warning Label: 7121-5126
End Cap with Posts: 77570-80051
End Cap with Corners: 77570-80050
Top Cover: 5062-3736
Side Cover: 5062-3789
Bottom Cover: 5062-3748
Front Frame: 5021-8407
Strap Handle, 21": 5062-3705
Handle Cap (Front Strip Handle): 5041-8819
Handle Cap (Rear Strip Handle): 5041-8820

Remote: 77020-60210
Screws: 6-32 x .312 (8): 2360-0115, Machine screws: M4 x 0.7 x 12 mm (6) 0515-1115, M5 x
0.8 x 10mm (4): 0515-1117, Machine screws 32 x 3/8 (4): 2680-0172, Nut: 8-32: 2580-0006

Quick Page Supplies
Thermal Paper, 5 rolls: SNY216HD (Sony number: UPP 216HD)

Back Panel Switch:
75 Ohms: ON
Front Panel Controls: (behind door)

DIP Switches: All Switches: LEFT (Printer power must be cycled to activate DIP switches.)

except SONOS 100CF/200
For SONOS 2000/2500, or SONOS 5500 systems:

-Select printer model for B/W Printer in system’s OPTIONS menu.
-Select this printer as target for various image types with SETUP.

SONOS 8120-1840: Video Signal From VIDEO port to printer’s
100CF/200 VIDEO IN port.
77000-65560:Trigger Signal From PRINT CONTROL port to
SONOS 77100-64103: Video and Trigger From RGB INTERNAL port:
500/1000/1500/ Signals FRAME wire to printer’s REMOTE
OR, also: port using barrel adapter and
1250-0080: BNC Barrel Adapters extension, BW/COL. CAMERA wire
SONOS 2000/
(2), to printer’s VIDEO IN port using
2500
77530-64010: Extension, and barrel adapter and BNC cable.
SONOS 5500 8120-1840: Video Signal From COMP VIDEO port to
Another 8120-1840: Trigger Signal From TRIGGER 2 port to printer’s
also: 1250-0080: BNC Barrel REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter
Adapter, and 77530-64010: and extension.
Extension

UP-910 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
SONOS 100CF/200 System Settings for Printers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
SONOS 100CF/200 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
SONOS 100CF/200 Installation Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
SONOS 2000/2500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403

SONOS 5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406

Description: Large Format B/W Printers

Thermal Paper, 5 rolls: SNY216HD (Sony number: UPP 216HD)
Repair Parts
AC Power Switch: 1-554-880-11SON
BNC Receptacle: 1-562-261-21SON
Cover, Top: 3-741-049-01SON

DC Fan Motor: 1-541-593-11SON
Door Ass'y, Front: X-3714-939-1SON
Door Ass'y, Key: X-3714-940-1SON
Fan, Mech Ass'y: 1-541593-21SON
French Label Set: 77585-80010 (Paper Loading Instructions & 3 rear
panel labels)
Guide, Front: 3-745-367-01SON
Guide, Paper: 3-741-017-01SON
Inlet 3 prong: 1-560-222-11SON
Label Caution, Paper: 3-734-882-01SON
Label, Caution “!”: 77000-80500
Label Loading, Paper (E): 3-734-879-01SON
MF Foot Ass'y: X-4875-123-1SON
Panel Ass'y, Front: X-3165-242-2SON
includes:
emblem: 3-718-322-01SON
Door Catch: 4-374-714-01SON
Panel Sheet S: 3-745-374-01SON
Panel Sheet M: 3-165-228-01SON
Power Cord: 1-559-945-11SON
Power Switch Rod: 3-741-044-01SON
Rear Ornamental Panel: 3-745-375-01SON

Rod Stopper: 3725-616-01SON
Screw, M3 Case: 4-886-821-11SON
Shaft, Paper: 3-741-020-01SON
Thermal Head Spring: 3-741-037-01SON

avoid scratches.
a. Remove the 2 screws from each side.
3. Remove the large bracket assembly that holds the two springs by removing its four screws
(two on the back, two on the sides).
4. Remove the heat sink from the top of the thermal head by removing its three screws.
5. Remove the thermal head and replace it:

a. Disconnect the cables:
out.
b. Remove the two screws on each side bracket and remove the side brackets.
c. Replace the thermal head with the new one, wiping the printing surface of the thermal
head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with alcohol. Do not touch the surface during
re-assembly.
d. Connect the cables to the new thermal head:
the connector back in. Reconnect the other cable.
e. Attach the side brackets to the new thermal head with the four screws removed earlier.
For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77580A/85A UP-910 Printers sec-
tion.

1. Open the paper door.
2. Press the HEAD SET/RELEASE button (behind the front panel door) to release the thermal
head. The HEAD RELEASE indicator will light.
3. Remove jammed paper by slowly pulling it back out the paper insertion slot beneath the
paper roll. Tear off any wrinkled paper from the roll and discard. Reload the paper from the
roll by manually feeding into the paper insertion slot until it comes out the paper outlet. Pull
on this paper to take up slack in the roll. Close the paper door.
4. Press the HEAD SET/RELEASE button again to re-engage the head.
Switch and Back Panel Switch:
Menu Settings 75 Ohms: ON
Front Panel Controls: (Behind door.)
DIP Switches: All Switches: LEFT (Printer power must be cycled to activate DIP switches.)
1: color prints: ON = color, OFF = b/w
2: Negative/Positive: Negative
3: Sharp/Soft: Sharp
4&5: Scan Mode: 4: Norm = Normal,
4: Wide1 & 5: --- = Wide1, 5: Wide2 = Wide2
6: Print Direction: NORM/REV
7: Memory: FRAME/FIELD
8: Aspect Ratio: 4:3/1:1
9 & 10: Not Used


None
Error Codes
None
Trouble- New style thermal heads (1-543-748-13SON - view the thermal head part # by removing
shooting & Tips the printer chassis cover) with old style thermal paper (5 digit part # on carton box or on
side of paper roll) causes wrinkled prints after 5 or 6 consecutive prints. This is due to the
thermal head overheating the paper. Old style paper can be replaced with new style
paper (8 digit part # on carton box or roll side). Contact CSD (1-800-225-0230 ext 4980)
& send old style paper back.
If the printed image is dirty or splotchy, clean the thermal head with the cleaning sheet.
See “Preventive Maintenance Procedures” on page 395.
page 393.
A whitish or washed out print that appears after a series of prints with a lot of black in
them occurs when the thermal head overheats. The printer’s thermal head protection
program has kicked in. Stop printing for a while to allow the head to cool. Thermal head
overheating can also result in white portions being printed dark.

• Clean the thermal head: this can be done with a soft cloth dipped in alcohol, or with the
cleaning sheet. Cleaning the thermal head will ensure its long life.
• With soft cloth and alcohol: Clean the rubber rollers, sensors and thermal head by
wiping with a clean cloth, or Q-tip, moistened with alcohol. Cleaning the thermal
head will ensure its long life
• To use the cleaning sheet: Turn the power on and open the paper lid. Press the HEAD
SET/RELEASE button to release the thermal head. The head release indicator will
light. Remove the printing paper and insert the cleaning sheet in its place. Press the
FEED button until the cleaning sheet is fed completely through the printer and out.
Reload the printing paper and close the lid.
failure.
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77580A/85A
UP-910
Printers
Compatibility SONOS 100CF/200 - Front Mount Only

Settings for
Printers
SONOS 100CF/
200 Cabling
Video Signal 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC From E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s VIDEO port to
Signal Cable PRINT CONTROL port, stereo jack end to
(contact printer’s REMOTE port.
closure)
07807-05060: Power Cord printer’s AC IN port. Use Power Cord Clamp at
Clamp printer’s port (use printer’s screws) and E-box
Optional Parts
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps port. Use clamps on all 3 parts.
SONOS 100CF/
200 Installation
Parts

for Printers
Setting for
this
4 Sets signal sent to peripheral: OPEN* For printers connected to the white
OPEN for B/W Composite, BW/COL. CAMERA wire of the E-box
Rear I/O Panel’s RGB INTERNAL
CLOSED for Color
port.
Composite.
place of colors.
Setting for
this
5 CLOSED for B/W Printer, CLOSED Determines trigger format for
OPEN for no B/W printer. FRAME button*.
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
Cabling
Trigger Cable INTERNAL port,
Signal 1250-0080: BNC Barrel gray FRAME wire to printer’s REMOTE port
(contact Adapters (2) using barrel adapter and extension, white BW/
closure) 77530-64010: Printer Control COL. CAMERA wire to printer’s VIDEO IN
Cable (extension) port using barrel adapter and four foot BNC
8120-1840: Four Foot BNC Cable.
Cable
Power (This 8120-4456 & 8120-3221: for First cable goes from printer to transformer,
printer must 77580A (NTSC) second goes from transformer to the
use an isola- 8120-1900 & 8120-3221: for non-isolated power strip in cart. Use Power
tion trans- 77585A (PAL) Cord Clamp at printer’s
former.) 07807-05060: Power Cord AC IN port (use printer’s screws), as well as
Clamp at transformer’s AC IN port (use
transformer’s screws) and PAL transformer’s
AC OUT port. Transformer Assembly listed
in installation parts (next page).

Optional Parts
77000-00610: Y-cable clamps (PAL) transformer. Use clamps at all 3 ports.
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
Installation
Rails (2): 77801-00100
Parts
Front (2): 2680-0104
Rear (2): 2680-0057 with 2 flat washers (1 per screw)
3050-0019: 13/64”
Side Brackets (Mounts):
Left: 77921-01060
Right: 77921-01070
Screws for Side Brackets to Printer (4): 0515-2392 (Printer’s side screws and feet get
removed.)
Front Panels (2 - 1 on each side of printer): 77921-01081

Nuts for Front Panels to Side Brackets (4): 0535-0076 (Front Panels have embedded
screws.)
Screws for Front Panels (4) and blank panels 77020-20040
to cart:
Tinnerman Nuts for Front and blank panels 0590-0804 10-32
into cart:
Transformer Assembly for 77580A (115V 77550-60200 (Includes tray.)
out):
Transformer Assembly for 77585A (220V 77535-60200 (Includes tray.)
out):
Screws & Washers for Transformer to weld Screws (2): 2680-0055 Washers (2): 3050-0019
nuts in Rails:
Transformer:

Printers
Setting for
this
RGB INTERNAL port.
place of colors.

Select “UP-910” or “UP-910P” for B/W Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST
get for b/w images, color images VCR images or report pages using the B/W, COLOR,
SONOS 2000/
2500 Cabling
1250-0080: BNC Barrel printer’s REMOTE port using barrel adapter
(contact
Adapters (2) and extension, white BW/COL. CAMERA
closure)
77530-64010: Printer Control wire to printer’s VIDEO IN port using
Cable (extension) barrel adapter and four foot BNC Cable.
8120-1840: Four Foot BNC
Cable
Power 8120-5431: for 77580A (NTSC) To 115V power strip in cart for 77580A;
8120-2572: for 77585A (PAL) to 220V power strip in cart for 77585A.
1400-1682: Connector Lock Use Connector Lock at printer’s AC IN port

SONOS 2000/
2500 Instal-
lation Parts
Front (2): 0515-1232
Rear (2): 0515-2506
Side Brackets (Mounts)
Front (2): 77921-01060
Rear (2): 77921-01070
Screws for Side Brackets to Printer (4): 0515-2392 (Printer’s side screws and feet get
removed.)
Front Panels (2 - 1 on each side of printer): 77921-01082
Nuts for Front Panels to Side Mounts (4): 0535-0076 (Front Panels have embedded
screws.)
Screws for Front Panels (4) and blank panels 77921-22320
to cart:
Tinnerman Nuts for Front Panels into cart 0535-0093
(4):
Screw for Power Cable Clamp (1): 0515-0380 M4 Torx

System Settings Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
for Printers (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)
Setting for
this
OPEN for B/W Composite, E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
CLOSED for Color Composite. COMP VIDEO port.
place of colors.

Select “UP-910” or “UP-910P” for B/W Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST
SONOS 5500
Cabling
Video Signal 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC Cable From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s COMP
VIDEO port to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
Trigger Signal Another From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s TRIGGER 2
(contact 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC Cable port to printer’s REMOTE port using
closure) 1250-0080: BNC Barrel Adapter barrel adapter and extension.
Cable (extension)
Power 8120-5431: Power Cable for From printer’s AC IN port:
77580A (NTSC) to 115V power strip in cart for 77580A
8120-1570: Power Cable for (NTSC);
77585A (PAL) to 220V power strip in cart for 775585A
(PAL).
SONOS 5500
Installation
Parts
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
77580B UP-960 Printers: Quick Page
16 77580B UP-960 Printers

Quick Page Supplies
Thermal B/W Paper (5 rolls): SNY210HD
(Sony number: UP-210HD)

Back Panel DIP Switches:
All Switches ON except Switches 3 & 8: OFF (UP)
Front Panel DIP Switches: (behind front door)

All Switches: ON except Switch 1 AGC: OFF

For SONOS 4500/5500 systems:

- Select printer model for B/W Printer in system’s OPTIONS menu.
Note: The UP-960 is available on the OPTIONS menu with B.1 software, but not with
B.0 software. For B.0 software, select UP-890 as the printer model. The print speed
characteristic for the UP-890 is the same as the UP-960 (NTSC - 10 secs; PAL -12
secs).
- Select this printer as target for various image types with SETUP.
For ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx systems:
-Select TRIGGER1 or TRIGGER2 in OPTIONS menu.

SONOS 4500/ 8120-1840: Video Signal From COMP VIDEO port to
5500 printer’s VIDEO IN port.
Another 8120-1840: Trigger Signal From TRIGGER 2 port to printer’s
also: 1250-0080: BNC Barrel REMOTE port using Barrel Adapter
Adapter, and 77530-64010: and extension.
Extension
ImagePoint & M2409-60210 (two if a color printer From MONITOR/VIDEO/
ImagePoint Hx is present): Video and Trigger TRIGGER 1 port to printer: VIDEO
1 wire to printer’s VIDEO IN port;
TRIGGER* wire to printer’s
REMOTE port.
port.
77580B UP-960 Printers: Table of Contents for 77580B UP-960 Printers
Table of Printer Specific Information for 77580B UP-960 Printers

Contents for Identifying Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
UP-960 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
System Specific Information for 77580B UP-960 Printers
SONOS 4500/5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
77580B UP-960 Printers: Printer Specific Information for 77580B UP-960 Printers
Printer
Specific Infor-
mation for
77580B
UP-960
Printers
Identifying Philips Ultrasound Model #: 77580B (NTSC & PAL)
Information Exchange Part #: 77580-68100 (NTSC & PAL)
Description: Large Format B/W Printer
Manufacturer Model #: UP-960
Manufacturer Name: Sony
Manufacturer U.S. Technical Information Phone #: 1-800-882-3891
Manufacturer Service Manual: Sony part number 9-977-342-01 (NTSC & PAL).
Purchase from Sony.
Manufacturer Users Manual: Sony part number 3-862-477-01.Purchase from Sony.

Thermal B/W Paper (5 rolls)*: SNY210HD (Sony number: UP-210HD)
Note*: 1The SNY210HD paper can be used on the 77580A/77585A (UP-910/910P)
printers. However, the SNY216HD paper used on the 77580A/77855A printer, CANNOT
be used in the 77580B (UP-960) printer.
Repair Parts

fingerprints, etc. Handle the thermal head with care and never place the printing sur-
face down on anything that might scratch it. Cleaning the surface with a soft cloth or
Q-Tip wet with alcohol is a standard part of any thermal head replacement procedure.
Tools Required: #1 phillips head screwdriver, alcohol, and a soft cloth or Q-Tip.
avoid scratches.
a. Remove the two screws from each side.
3. Remove the large bracket assembly that holds the two springs by removing its four screws
(two on the back, two on the sides).
4. Remove the heat sink from the top of the thermal head by removing its three screws.
5. Remove the thermal head and replace it:

a. Disconnect the cables:
out.
b. Remove the two screws on each side bracket and remove the side brackets.
c. Replace the thermal head with the new one, wiping the printing surface of the thermal
head with a soft cloth or Q-Tip wet with alcohol. Do not touch the surface during
re-assembly.
d. Connect the cables to the new thermal head:
the connector back in.
Reconnect the other cable.
e. Attach side brackets to the new thermal head with the four screws removed earlier.
For cabling details see the System Specific Information for 77580B UP-960 Printers section.

1. Open the door panel by pressing the OPEN/CLOSE button.
2. Slowly pull out the jammed paper.
3. Tear off any wrinkled paper from the roll and discard. Reload the paper into its holder. Place
the end of the paper into the paper feed.
4. Close the paper door simply by pushing it.
5. Use the FEED button to advance paper.
Switch and
Philips
Menu Settings Front Panel DIP Switches Ultrasound SW-ON SW-OFF
(behind front door) Default Setting Setting
Switch 1 AGC OFF ON OFF
Switch 2 IMAGE ON POSI (ON) NEGA (OFF)
Switch 3 SHARPNESS ON SOFT (ON) HARD (OFF)
Switch 4 GAMMA ON TONE I TONE II
Switch 5 GAMMA ON --------- TONE III
Switch 6 POSTFEED ON ON OFF
Switch 7 RESERVED ON --------- ---------
Switch 8 RESERVED ON --------- ---------
Philips
Ultrasoun SW SW-ON SW-OFF
Back Panel DIP Switches d Default Position Setting Setting
Switch 1 75 Ohms ON DOWN ON OFF
Switch 2 Input Switch ON DOWN B&W (ON) Color (OFF)
Switch 3 SCAN size OFF UP WIDE1 NORM
Switch 4 SCAN size ON DOWN --------- WIDE2
Switch 5 DIRECTION ON DOWN NORM (ON) REV (OFF)
Switch 6 MEMORY ON DOWN FRAME (ON) FIELD (OFF)
Switch 7 ASPECT ON DOWN 4:3 (ON) 1:1 (OFF)
Switch 8 INTERRUPT OFF UP ON OFF
Switch 9 MIRROR ON DOWN NORM (ON) REV (OFF)
Switch 10 RESERVED ON DOWN --------- --------
Front Panel Controls
Contrast:12 o'clock (straight up)

Brightness: 3 o'clock (to right)

None
Error Codes
None
Trouble- New style thermal heads (1-500-556-11SON; view the thermal head part number by
shooting & Tips removing the printer chassis cover) with old style thermal paper (5 digit part number on
carton box or on side of paper roll) causes wrinkled prints after 5 or 6 consecutive prints.
This is due to the thermal head overheating the paper. Old style paper can be replaced
with new style paper (8 digit part number on carton box or roll side). Contact CSD
(1-800-225-0230 ext 4980) & return old style paper.
If the printed image is dirty or splotchy, clean the thermal head with the cleaning
sheet. See “Preventive Maintenance Procedures” on page 418.
To remedy black borders or missing sections around the printed image, change the
setting of the Scan Mode DIP switches. See “Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings” on
page 415.
A whitish or washed-out print that appears after a series of prints with a lot of black in
them occurs when the thermal head overheats. The printer’s thermal head protection
program has kicked in. Stop printing for a while to allow the head to cool. Thermal head
overheating can also result in white portions being printed dark.

• Clean the thermal head: use either a soft cloth dipped in alcohol, or the cleaning sheet.
Cleaning the thermal head will ensure its long life.
• With soft cloth and alcohol: Clean the rubber rollers, sensors, and thermal head by
wiping with a clean cloth, or Q-tip, moistened with alcohol. Cleaning the thermal
head will ensure its long life
• To use the cleaning sheet: Turn the power on and open the paper lid. Press the HEAD
SET/RELEASE button to release the thermal head. The head release indicator will
light. Remove the printing paper and insert the cleaning sheet in its place. Press the
FEED button until the cleaning sheet is fed completely through the printer and out.
Reload the printing paper and close the lid.
failure.
77580B UP-960 Printers: System Specific Information for 77580B UP-960 Printers
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77580B
UP-960
Printers
List ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx - Front Mount & Bench Top

Printers
Setting for
this
OPEN for B/W Composite, E-box Rear I/O Panel’s
CLOSED for Color Composite. COMP VIDEO port.
* The OPEN setting (b/w composite) should be used for b/w printers. The OPEN setting
place of colors.

Select “UP-960” for B/W Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU, OTHER
Note: The UP-960 is available on the OPTIONS menu with B.1 software, but not with
B.0 software. For B.0 software, select UP-890 as the printer model. The print speed char-
acteristic for the UP-890 is the same as the UP-960 (10 seconds).
get for b/w images, color images, VCR images, or report pages using the B/W, COLOR,
VCR or Report control knobs. These settings are temporary and will be lost with power
SONOS 4500/
5500 Cabling
Video 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC Cable From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s COMP
Signal VIDEO port to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
Trigger Another From E-box Rear I/O Panel’s TRIGGER 2
Signal 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC Cable port to printer’s REMOTE port using
(contact 1250-0080: BNC Barrel Adapter barrel adapter and extension.
closure) 77530-64010: Printer Control
Cable (extension)
Power 8120-5431: Power Cable. From printer’s AC IN port to 115V power
strip in cart.
SONOS 4500/
5500 Instal-
lation Parts
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
Rubber Pads (4): 77922-80280
ImagePoint/ DIP Switches on System PCBs

ImagePoint Hx Video I/O Board, 1 DIP Switch Bank:
for Printers
Setting for
this
OPEN for B/W Composite, External I/O Panel’s
CLOSED for Color Composite. B/W VIDEO OUT port.
place of colors.

Select “UP-960” for B/W Printer in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU, OTHER
Note: The UP-960 is available on the OPTIONS menu with B.1 software, but not with B.0
software. For B.0 software, select UP-890 as the printer model. The print speed charac-
teristic for the UP-890 is the same as the UP-960 (10 seconds).
VCR or Report control knobs. These settings are temporary, i.e., will be lost with power
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
Cabling
Video Signal 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC Cable From External I/O Panel’s B/W VIDEO
OUT port to printer’s VIDEO IN port.
Trigger Signal Another From External I/O Panel’s TRIGGER port
(contact 8120-1840: Four Foot BNC Cable to printer’s REMOTE port using barrel
closure) 1250-0080: BNC Barrel Adapter adapter and extension.
Cable (extension)
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable (internal) From printer’s AC IN port to 115V power
8120-2133: Power Cable (bench strip in cart.
top)
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
Installation
Shelf Straps (2): 77922-80290
Parts
77613A/23A Panasonic AG-7350 VCR: Quick Page
17 77613A/23A Panasonic AG-7350 VCR

Quick Page Supplies
VHS T120 Video Tape (1 case of 10 tapes): 13920B
S-VHS SQ T120 Video Tape (1 case of 10 tapes): 13921B
NOTE Philips recommends high-quality T120 S-VHS video tape for the best image quality.
Switch and Menu Settings

Front Panel Switches:Default
CH2 METER: AUDIO CH2

AUDIO MONITOR: MIX
AUDIO OUTPUT METER: NORM
AUDIO OUTPUT:NORM
SENSOR REC: OFF
EXT TIMER: OFF
MODE LOCK: OFF
INPUT SIGNAL: S-VIDEO
SYNC: INT
TV SYSTEM: PAL (available only for the 77623A)
System Settings
Default
Board Switch Function Setting Comments
Processor 1 Sets video format CLOSED for
Graphics PAL
OPEN for
NTSC
Clock Board Toggle Sets video format LEFT for PAL*
RIGHT for
NTSC
Video I/O 1 Sets background level on video CLOSED
tape for 66010/20
Selects interlaced or CLOSED
non-interlaced video on RGB for 66030/40
Aux Output
2 Enables loopback mode CLOSED
3 Controls color burst to VCR OPEN
Note*: Viewing board from top view in e-box.


System VCR Model Cable # and Function
SONOS 4500/5500/ 77613A/ 8120-1840: VCR video cable
7500 77623A
77000-60580: VCR audio cable
77000-60550: VCR control cable (NTSC)
77000-60560: VCR control cable (PAL)
77613A/23A Panasonic AG-7350 VCR: Table of Contents for 77613A/23A AG-7350 VCRs
Table of Peripheral Specific Information for the 77613A/23A AG-7350 VCRs

Contents for Identifying Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
77613A/23A Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
AG-7350 Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
VCRs Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Preventive Maintenance (PM) Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
System Specific Information for the 77613A/23A AG-7350 VCRs
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
77613A/23A Panasonic AG-7350 VCR: Peripheral Specific Information for the 77613A/23A AG-7350 VCRs

Specific Infor- Philips Exchange Manufacturer’s
mation for the Model No. Description Part No. Base Model No.
77613A/23A 77613A VCR (NTSC) 77613-68000 AG-7350B
AG-7350 77623A VCR (PAL) 77623-68000 AG-7350E
VCRs
Description: Editing S-VHS Video Cassette Recorders
Manufacturer Model #: AG-7350
Manufacturer Name: Panasonic
Manufacturer U.S. Phone #: 1-800-211-7262
Manufacturer Service Manual:
NTSC - VSD9109M615. Order from Panasonic.
PAL - VSD9109M615. Order from Panasonic.
Manufacturer Operating Instructions:
NTSC - Order from Panasonic.
PAL - Order from Panasonic.

Repair Parts
VCR function switch rubber stoppers: 77612-40060
Head Cleaning Stick Panasonic part number VFK27
Head Cleaning Fluid Ethyl-alcohol or cleaning fluid
(purchased locally)
VFK0131 oil (High Quality) Or high quality spindle oil
(purchased locally
Search Dial Knob VGU4605-PAN
Knob Rubber Cap VMG0476-PAN
Jog Dial Knob (NTSC) VGU4606-PAN
Jog Dial Knob (PAL) VGU4604-PAN
Jog Dial Knob Spring VMC0444-PAN
VR Knob VGU5604-PAN (1 of 4)
Operation Area Cover VKW1499-PAN
Thumb Screw for Cover VHD0679-PAN
Right Side Bracket (White) 77613-00022
Left Side Bracket (White) 77613-00021
Right Side Bracket (Gray) 77613-00023
Left Side Bracket (Gray) 77613-00024
Mounting Plate (White) 77613-00031
Mounting Plate (Gray) 77613-00032
VCR Cover (White) 77613-40011
VCR Cover (Gray) 77613-40012
Screen Display Button Cover 77613-40020

Front Spacer (White) 77622-40031
Front Spacer rev K (Gray) 77622-40032
Rear Spacer (White) 77612-40020
Rear Spacer (Gray) 4040-2081
Shield (White) 77612-00040
Shield (Gray) 77900-00070
Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings

(Bold = correct setting for this VCR in any compatible Philips ultrasound system)
VCR Front Panel Switch Settings

(All but the last two controls are located behind a small access door on the lower-
center front panel. The last two controls are front-panel rotary switches.)
Philips
Default
Switch Function Settings Setting Comments
CH2 METER Adjusts audio TRACKING = Tracking AUDIO Set to AUDIO
(CH2) input level Meter for Audio (CH2) CH2 CH2 before
during recording. making
AUDIO CH2 = adjustment for
Audio CH2 Level meter the recording
level of audio
channel 2.
Philips
Default
AUDIO Selects the audio CH1 = MIX Use MIX to
MONITOR channel to be heard Left (Channel 1) signal only monitor
on the TV monitor channels 1 and 2
or through MIX = through
headphones (via Mixed Channel 1 and 2 headphones.
the HEADPHONE signals With
jack on the front headphones,
panel, or the channels 1 and 2
CH2 =
AUDIO MONITOR can be
Right (Channel 2) signal
OUT connector on monitored
only
the rear panel). separately.
Philips
Default
AUDIO Displays the HI-FI = NORM
METER recording level of Hi-fidelity audio
Hi-Fi or normal
audio on the LEVEL NORM =
meter. Also selects Normal audio
the audio output
signal from the
HEADPHONES
jack on the front
panel or the
AUDIO MONITOR
OUT connector on
the rear panel.
AUDIO Selects the audio HI-FI = NORM
OUTPUT signal output System automatically
through the outputs hi-fidelity signals
NORM/HI-FI (when present) and normal
output connectors audio otherwise.
on the rear panel.
NORM =
System outputs normal
audio.
Philips
Default
SENSOR Selects the mode to REMOTE = OFF
REC be recorded Automatically records
automatically. control signals from the
rear-panel connector.
OFF =
Normal position.
VIDEO =
Automatically detects and
records signals coming
through the VIDEO IN
connector.
EXT TIMER Selects timer PLAY = OFF
recording or Performs timer playback
playback mode. with an external timer.
OFF =
Normal position.
REC =
Performs timer recording
with an external timer.
Philips
Default
MODE Locks front panel ON = locked OFF Use ON to
LOCK controls. OFF = unlocked operate the unit
with a remote
controller.
When set to
OFF, the front
panel buttons
are operative.
But the unit can
be operated
using a remote
controller.
INPUT Selects the video S-VIDEO = S-VIDEO
SIGNAL input signal to be Records video signals
recorded. through the S-VIDEO IN
connector.
LINE =
Records video signals
connector.
Philips
Default
SYNC Selects the EXT = INT When setting to
synchronizing signal. Syncs to the external EXT, be sure to
composite signal input an external
transmitted through the composite synch
EXIT SYNC IN connector signal.
during playback or
recording.
NORM =
Syncs to the video input
signal transmitted from the
VIDEO IN connector.
INT =
Syncs to the video input
signal during recording and
to the unit’s internal
oscillator during playback.
Philips
Default
TV SYSTEM Selects the type of PAL = PAL Available only on
VHS system being Playback or recording on a the Model
used. PAL system. 77623A.
CCIR =
Playback or recording on a
CCIR system (S-VHS
recording cannot be
performed).
NTSC
4.43 = Playback on an
NTSC system (recording
cannot be performed).
TRACKING Adjusts tracking Rotary FIX
PICTURE Adjusts picture Rotary “12 o’clock”
sharpness during position
playback
NOTE Each switch has small push-in rubber stops which fit into the switch openings and help
lock each switch into its appropriate position. Any of the switch stops may be removed
in the event that an alternate switch setting is needed for a special application.
Error Handling In case of an error:

• An error code is displayed on the tape counter.
• All operations are shut down.
• If the error will not clear from the tape counter even after performing the remedial action
described in the following table, then switch power off, disconnect power cable, and contact
your local Technical Support Group immediately.
Error Codes
Error
Code Malfunction Remedial Action
“d” Dew indicator Condensation can form if either the VCR or
the video cassette has been taken from a cold
place to a warm place. Leave the VCR on and
allow it to dry out at room temperature until
the “d” disappears.
E-2 Malfunction in elevator section The video cassette may not be loading
properly. Try switching power off and on. Also
check for mechanical binding (bent or damaged
parts of the tape-intake mechanism).
Error
E-3 Malfunction in loading section The video cassette may not be loading
parts of the tape-intake mechanism). The
loading belt, motor, or associated circuits (ckts)
also may have failed.
E-4 Malfunction in cylinder section Try turning power off and resetting the system.
Also may be caused by a general failure of the
cylinder servo ckts.
E-5 Malfunction in reel section Try turning power off and checking for
mechanical binding (bent or damaged parts of
the reel mechanism). Also may be caused by a
general failure of the reel servo ckts.
E-6 Incorrect tape tension Try a different cassette.
Trouble-
shooting & Tips
Malfunction Remedial Action
No operation even when - Is the power cable connected and the power switch ON?
operation button is pressed - Has a cassette been loaded?
- Is an error message displayed on the tape counter? If so,
see page 438 for remedial actions.
- Is the SENSOR REC switch set to anything but OFF? If so,
set it to OFF.
- Is the MODE LOCK switch set to ON? If so, set it to
OFF.
No recording - Has the tape’s erasure tab been accidentally broken off?
- Is the INPUT SIGNAL selector in the correct position?
Record or playback mode engages - Is the EXT TIMER switch set to anything but OFF? If so,
automatically when the unit is set it to OFF.
turned on. - Is the SENSOR REC switch set to anything but OFF? If so,
set it to OFF.
Large amounts of “snow” appear - Video heads may be abraded or clogged with dirt. If
in playback picture careful cleaning does not help, they may need to be
replaced.

Noise or jitter appears on - Adjust the TRACKING control.
playback picture - Try recording and playing a fresh tape that has been
stored in a warm, dry environment.
- If noise persists after trying both of the above, the VCR’s
luminance or chrominance circuitry may need to be
checked. If jitter persists after trying both of the above, the
VCR’s servo circuitry may need to be checked.
Playback picture is not in color - Is the video input signal black-and-white instead of color?
- Is the VIDEO MODE in the ON-SCREEN (initial setting)
menu set to B/W? If so, set it to COLOUR or AUTO.
Playback picture is distorted - Adjust the horizontal hold control on the monitor.
- Sudden voltage variations may have occurred during
recording.
- The tape may be old or defective.
- The SYNC switch may not be set correctly.
Counter does not work - CTL (control) signals may not be recorded on the tape.
- The tape may be old or defective.
Preventive The following PM for the VCR should be performed every six months. This is a recom-
Maintenance mended PM interval and excessive usage or environmental conditions should also be
(PM) considered in determining the frequency of PM:
Procedures • Clean the cylinder and video heads
• Position the video head to permit access for cleaning and hold the upper cylinder to
keep it from turning while cleaning.
• Gently run the Video Head in the direction of tape travel with a head-cleaning stick
moistened with head-cleaning solution. DO NOT rub vertically. DO NOT apply
excessive pressure to the heads. Continue to gently rub, allowing time for the clean-
ing solution to dissolve contaminants.
• Clean the video tape path.
• Using the same cleaning stick and solution, clean the entire tape path so that contam-
inants will not be transported to the video heads.
• Lubricate the capstan shaft (Optional)
NOTE Be sure to take ESD protection measures when performing PM procedures.

77613A/23A Panasonic AG-7350 VCR: System Specific Information for the 77613A/23A AG-7350 VCRs
System
Specific Infor-
mation for the
77613A/23A
AG-7350
VCRs
Compatibility SONOS 4500/5500/7500 - Side Mount
List
5500/7500 Processor Graphics Board Switch Settings
System Settings
Switch Function Settings Default Setting Comments
1 Sets video format CLOSED = PAL CLOSED for PAL TV standards
OPEN = NTSC OPEN for NTSC
Clock Board Toggle Switch Settings

Switch Function Settings* Default Setting* Comments
Toggle Sets video format RIGHT = PAL RIGHT = PAL TV standards
LEFT = NTSC LEFT = NTSC
Note*: When viewing clock board from top view of e-box. Toggle switch is located
approximately near the top middle of the PCB.

(OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)*
Default
1 Sets background CLOSED = black CLOSED For 66010 & 66020
level on video tape OPEN = gray video boards
Selects interlaced or CLOSED = interlaced CLOSED For 66030 & 66040
non-interlaced video OPEN = non-interlaced video boards
on RGB Aux Output
2 Enables loopback CLOSED = loopback CLOSED For field and factory
mode disabled loopback test
OPEN = loopback enabled
3 Controls color burst CLOSED = colorburst OPEN
to VCR enabled as needed
OPEN = colorburst always
enabled
Note*: Switches on the Video I/O board are numbered visibly. Switch orientation is as
follows: switches are CLOSED when pushed towards the board; switches are OPEN
when pulled away from the board.

Select “AG-MD835/30” for VCR in system's OPTIONS menu (TEST MENU, OTHER
TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS). For systems prior to Revision B.2, select “AG-MD830.”
SONOS 4500/
5500/7500
Cabling
Video Signal 77922-64080: VCR video From SVHS OUT* connectors (Y & C) on
cable Rear
I/O Panel to S-VIDEO OUT* connector on
rear panel of internal VCR.
77922-64080: VCR video From SVHS IN** connectors (Y & C) on Rear
cable I/O Panel to S-VIDEO IN** connector on rear
panel of internal VCR.
VCR 77921-64040: VCR control From VCR to Main I/O.
Control cable (parallel)
VCR Audio 77000-60580: Two VCR audio From KP Main I/O to AUDIO CH1/CH2
cables connectors on rear panel of VCR.

Power 8120-4456CP: Power Cable, For NTSC: from printer’s AC IN port to 115V
NTSC power strip in cart.
Note*: SVHS OUT on Rear I/O panel is connected to output from VCR (S-VIDEO OUT).
Note**: SVHS IN on Rear I/O panel is connected to input to VCR (S-VIDEO IN).
SONOS 4500/
5500/7500
Installation
Side Mounting Assembly: M2424-60201: contains all hardware required for mounting
Parts
VCR in middle or shared installation with b/w printer.
77615A/25A Panasonic AG-MD830 VCR: Quick Page
18 77615A/25A Panasonic AG-MD830 VCR

Quick Page Supplies

AUDIO OUT: MIX (mixes channels CH1 and CH2)

AUDIO OUT METER: NORM (normal audio, not Hi-Fi)
INPUT: S-VIDEO
S-VHS: AUTO
MENU: OFF (unless doing onscreen programming)
MODE LOCK: OFF (so that front-panel controls can function)
Note: The switches are held in place with switch stops (part number 77612-40060). The
stops can be removed to select an alternate switch setting.
Note: The VCR type also must be set in the SONOS 2000/2500 OPTIONS menu, as fol-
lows:
1. Press TEST.
2. Touch the OTHER softkey and then the OPTIONS softkey.
3. Select the appropriate VCR from the list: AG-MD830P (NTSC) or AG-MD830E (PAL) in Rev.
A.0.3 or greater. (In revisions earlier than A.0.3, select SVO-9500 or SVO-9500P.)
4. There are no hard control switches to set on the SONOS 2000/2500.
System Settings*
Default
Graphics PAL
OPEN for
NTSC
Clock Board Toggle Sets video format LEFT for PAL** SONOS 4500,
RIGHT for 5500, 7500
NTSC only
tape for 66010/20
Aux Output
3 Controls color burst to VCR CLOSED
Note*: The ImagePoint Detector Board contains crystals for NTSC/PAL timing
Note**: Viewing board from top view in e-box.

SONOS 4500/5500/ 77615A/77625A 77922-64080: VCR video cable
7500
77921-64040: VCR control cable (parallel)
SONOS 1800 77615 Ser/
77625 Ser
ImagePoint A.1 77615A (upgrade)/ M2409-60400: VCR video cable (serial)
77615 Ser
M2409-60290: VCR video cable (parallel)
77625A (upgrade)/
8120-2572: VCR power cable
77625 Ser
ImagePoint Hx B.0 77615A/77615 Ser
77625A/77625 Ser
ImagePoint Hx B.1 Not supported
77615A/25A Panasonic AG-MD830 VCR: Table of Contents for 77615A/25A Panasonic AG-MD830 VCRs
Table of Peripheral Specific Information for the 77615A/25A VCRs

Contents for Identifying Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
77615A/25A Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Panasonic Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
AG-MD830 Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
VCRs VCR On-Screen Display Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
Preventive Maintenance (PM) Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
System Specific Information for the 77615A/25A VCRs
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
77615A/25A Panasonic AG-MD830 VCR: Peripheral Specific Information for the 77615A/25A VCRs

Specific Infor- Philips Exchange Manufacturer’s
mation for the Model No. Description Part No. Base Model No.
77615A/25A 77615A VCR (NTSC) 77615-68000 AG-MD830P
VCRs 77625A VCR (PAL) 77625-68000 AG-MD830E
Description: S-VHS Video Cassette Recorders

Manufacturer Model #: AG-MD830
NTSC - VSD9403M246. Order from Panasonic.
PAL - VSD9408M637. Order from Panasonic.
NTSC - VQT5616-1. Order from Panasonic.
PAL - VQT5833. Order from Panasonic.

Repair Parts
(purchased locally)
(purchased locally
Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings

(Bold = correct setting for this VCR in any compatible Philips ultrasound system)
VCR Front Panel Switch Settings
(located behind small access door on lower center front panel)
Philips
Default
AUDIO Selects the audio CH1 = MIX Use MIX to
OUT channel to be heard Left (Channel 1) signal monitor
on the TV monitor only channels 1 and 2
or through through
headphones (via MIX = headphones.
the HEADPHONE Mixed Channel 1 and 2 With
jack on the front signals headphones,
panel, or the channels 1 and 2
AUDIO MONITOR can be
CH2 =
OUT connector on monitored
Right (Channel 2) signal
the rear panel). separately.
only
Philips
Default
AUDIO Displays the HI-FI = NORM
OUT/ recording level of Hi-fidelity audio
METER Hi-Fi or normal
audio on the LEVEL NORM =
meter. Also selects Normal audio
the audio output
signal from the
HEADPHONES
jack on the front
panel or the
AUDIO MONITOR
OUT connector on
the rear panel.
VIDEO Selects the video S-VIDEO = S-VIDEO
INPUT input signal to be Records video signals
recorded. through the S-VIDEO IN
connector.
LINE =
Records video signals
connector.
Philips
Default
S-VHS REC Sets the VCR to AUTO = Inserted tape is AUTO
MODE auto-detect the automatically identified
type of tape as VHS or S-VHS and
inserted. signals are recorded in
the corresponding mode.
OFF = Signals are

recorded in VHS mode,
regardless of the type of
tape used.
MENU Turns onscreen SET = OFF (unless
menus on and off. OFF = doing
onscreen
programming)
Philips
Default
MODE Locks front panel ON = locked OFF Use ON to
LOCK controls. OFF = unlocked operate the unit
with a remote
controller.
When set to
OFF, the front
panel buttons
are operative.
But the unit can
be operated
using a remote
controller.
VCR On-Screen Display Procedure

To view and change the VCR internal function settings, perform the following procedure.
1. Press the VCR STOP button to set the VCR to the STOP mode.
2. Set the MENU switch behind the access door on the VCR front panel to SET.
This enables VCR onscreen menus to display on the VCR tape counter.
NOTE In the MENU SET position, PLAY, REC, FAST FORWARD, and REW will not function.
3. Access the Test Menu on the ultrasound system.

For ImagePoint:
a. In normal imaging mode, press the SETUP key on the ultrasound system keyboard.
b. Press the MORE soft key to display more options, and then press the SHIFT key and
TEST soft key simultaneously to display the CE Test Menu.
For SONOS 4500/5500/7500:
• In normal imaging mode, press the TEST key on the ultrasound system keyboard.
• The system monitor screen goes blank briefly and then displays the Test Menu.
4. Select “Other Tests & Utilities” on the Test Menu and press the ENTER key on the ultra-
sound system.
5. Select “Video Display Path Test” on the Other Tests & Utilities menu and press the ENTER
key on ultrasound system.
The system monitor screen goes blank briefly. VCR internal settings will now also appear on
the system monitor.
6. Use the following controls on the front of the VCR to view, select, and change settings.
REC/PLAY (Page +/-): Select different menu pages.
FF/JOG Control (Shift V): Select individual settings; a flashing bar will highlight selection.
On the VCR tape counter, the first four digits indicate individual
item and last two digits cycle through settings.
STOP/REW (Data +/-): Cycle through settings.
7. See the default VCR settings listed on page 460.

8. When finished, set VCR MENU switch to OFF, and press the ultrasound system RESET.
The VCR counter returns to normal tape counter display. The ultrasound system restarts
and returns to the Test Menu.
9. To return to normal imaging:
• For ImagePoint, select “Exit” from the Test Menu and press the ENTER key.
• For SONOS 4500/5500/7500, press the TEST key.
The screen goes blank for several seconds and then returns to normal imaging mode.
VCR On-Screen Display of Internal Settings

(for all compatible VCRs, except where noted otherwise)
Tape Counter Display
Philips (xx xx:xx)
Function Default Setting (function: setting)
VISS* REC 10 01:01
TAPE SELECT --T120 (77615A) 10 02:00
--E180 (77625A) 10 02:00
AUTO BACK ON 10 03:01

TAPE IN MODE STOP 10 04:00
TAPE END MODE STOP 10 05:00
REC TAPE END STOP 10 06:00
STBY OFF TIME (30 MIN) 10 07:02
HI-FI REC OFF 10 08:00
AUDIO DUB CH2 10 09:02
EDIT OFF 10 10:00
YC FILTER OFF 10 11:00
or
NOTCH OFF 10 11:00

Philips (xx xx:xx)
For Serial VCRs Only
(77615A #SER, 77625A #SER)
BIT LENGTH 8 BIT 30 01:01
STOP BIT STOP-1 30 02:00
PARITY NONE 30 03:02
BAUD RATE 9600 30 04:03
*VISS = VHS Index Search System
Setting the VCR to automatically rewind to the beginning of a taped study

1. Open the door to the switch bank on the lower-right corner of the VCR.
2. Set the MENU switch to SET. You may have to remove a rubber stopper to move the switch.
3. ON the VCR display you see 1001:01. This is the VISS setting.
4. Use the STOP or REWIND buttons to change this to 1001:00. This sets the VISS to OFF.
5. Set the MENU switch to OFF. Replace the rubber stopper if you have one.
6. Set the Memory Stop feature to -->[ ] (a right arrow and a small square) using the MEMO
button on the lower-left corner of the VCR.
7. Before taping a study, the user must reset the counter on the VCR, NOT on the system dis-
play. The reset button is on the lower-left corner of the VCR.
8. After the counter is reset and the user has finished taping the study, hit rewind, and the tape
should automatically rewind to the beginning of the study.
9. To verify that this procedure is implemented properly, record a mock study on the VCR,
rewind the tape, and then play the tape to verify that it stopped at the beginning of the study.
NOTE This procedure only enables the VCR to rewind to the beginning of the study just
taped, and only if this procedure is followed before taping the study. The user cannot
insert any tape into the VCR and expect the VCR to rewind to the beginning of a study.

• All operations are shut down.
described in the following table, then switch power off, disconnect power cable, and contact
your local Technical Support Group immediately.
Error Codes
Error
“d” Dew indicator Condensation can form if either the VCR or
the video cassette has been taken from a cold
place to a warm place. Leave the VCR on and
allow it to dry out at room temperature until
the “d” disappears.
E-2 Malfunction in elevator section The video cassette may not be loading
parts of the tape-intake mechanism).
Error
E-3 Malfunction in loading section The video cassette may not be loading
parts of the tape-intake mechanism). The
loading belt, motor, or associated circuits (ckts)
also may have failed.
E-4 Malfunction in cylinder section Try turning power off and resetting the system.
Also may be caused by a general failure of the
cylinder servo ckts.
E-5 Malfunction in reel section Try turning power off and checking for
mechanical binding (bent or damaged parts of
the reel mechanism). Also may be caused by a
general failure of the reel servo ckts.
E-6 Incorrect tape tension Try a different cassette.
E-7 Malfunction in solenoid Try switching the power off and on.
Trouble-
shooting & Tips
No operation even when an - Is the power cable connected and the power switch ON?
operation button is pressed - Has a cassette been loaded?
- Is an error message displayed on the tape counter? If so,
see page 463 for remedial actions.
- Is “d” displayed on the tape counter, indicating that
moisture has condensed inside the unit. If so, keep the
power on and wait until the lamp goes off, indicating that
the moisture has evaporated.
- Is the MODE LOCK switch set to ON? If so, set it to
OFF.
No recording - Has the tape’s erasure tab been accidentally broken off?
- Is the VIDEO INPUT switch set properly?
“Snow” or streaks appear in the - Adjust the TRACKING control.
playback picture - Video heads may be abraded or clogged with dirt. If
careful cleaning does not help, they may need to be
replaced.

Noise or jitter appears on - Adjust the TRACKING control.
playback picture - Try recording and playing a fresh tape that has been
stored in a warm, dry environment.
- If noise persists after trying both of the above, the VCR’s
luminance or chrominance circuitry may need to be
checked. If jitter persists after trying both of the above, the
VCR’s servo circuitry may need to be checked.
No repeat playback - Is the MEMORY (MEMO) button in the correct position?
NOTE: Pressing the MEMORY (MEMO) button changes
the memory mode from its recommended default setting
[“no indication (off)”] to “memory stop,” “1-time memory
repeat,” or “continuous repeat.”
- Has the counter has been reset?
- Is the VISS setting on VCR menu screen at OFF?
- Has an interval of at least 20 secs. been given between
BEGIN and END?
No VISS signal writing - Is the VISS setting on the menu screen at REC or REC/
(VHS Index Search System) PAUSE?
- Has an interval of at least 30 secs. been given between
VISS signals?
(PM) considered in determining the frequency of PM:
Procedures • Clean the cylinder and video heads
• Position the video head to permit access for cleaning and hold the upper cylinder to
keep it from turning while cleaning.
• Gently run the Video Head in the direction of tape travel with a head-cleaning stick
moistened with head-cleaning solution. DO NOT rub vertically. DO NOT apply
excessive pressure to the heads. Continue to gently rub, allowing time for the clean-
ing solution to dissolve contaminants.
• Clean the video tape path.
• Using the same cleaning stick and solution, clean the entire tape path so that contam-
inants will not be transported to the video heads.
• Lubricate the capstan shaft (Optional)

77615A/25A Panasonic AG-MD830 VCR: System Specific Information for the 77615A/25A VCRs
System
Specific Infor-
mation for the
77615A/25A
VCRs
Compatibility 77615A/77625A:
List SONOS 1800
ImagePoint
ImagePoint Hx
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 - Side Mount
SONOS 1800/ NOTE The following settings are for serial VCR models 77615A and 77625A.
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx DIP Switches on System PCBs
System Settings Processor Graphics Board Switch Settings

Detector Board*
Part Descriptions Part Number Comments

Crystal 58.909 MHz 1813-0505 NTSC
Crystal 58.500 MHz 1813-0506 PAL
Tie Wrap For crystal 1400-0401
Note*: Detector board contains above crystals for NTSC/PAL timing.


(OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)a
Default
b
on RGB Aux Output
OPEN = loopback
enabled
3 Controls color burst CLOSED = colorburst CLOSED
OPEN = colorburst
always enabled
Notea: Switches on the Video I/O board are numbered visibly. Switch orientation is as
Noteb: RGB Aux is normally not accessible on M2410B, M2410A, and M2408A
systems.

77615A/77625A:
Select “MD835/30 Ser” for VCR in system's OPTIONS menu (CE TEST MENU, OTHER
TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS). Select “MD-830” for ImagePoint systems earlier than
rev. B.1.
NOTE Parallel VCRs are not compatible with SONOS 1800. ImagePoint A.0 systems use par-
allel VCRs: models 77617A/77627A can be used to replace 77615A/77625A parallel
VCRs. ImagePoint A.1 revision and greater use serial VCRs.
SONOS 1800/ For Models 77615A & 77625A

ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
Video Signal M2409-60400: VCR cable (serial) From Internal IOI Assembly VCR port to
Cabling
VCR rear panel (includes cable from SER 1
to RS-232C connector on VCR).
M2409-60290: VCR cable From Internal IOI Assembly VCR port to
(parallel) VCR rear panel (includes 34 pin rectangular
connector to parallel VCR).
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable From VCR’s AC IN port to 115V power
strip in cart for NTSC, or to 220V/240V
power strip in cart for PAL.
SONOS 4500/ NOTE The following settings are for parallel VCR models 77615A and 77625A.
5500/7500
System Settings DIP Switches on System PCBs
Processor Graphics Board Switch Settings


Toggle Sets video format PAL or NTSC PAL or NTSC TV standards
Default
on RGB Aux Output
Default
OPEN = loopback
enabled
3 Controls color burst CLOSED = colorburst OPEN
OPEN = colorburst
always enabled
Note*: Switches on the Video I/O board are numbered visibly. Switch orientation is as fol-
lows: switches are CLOSED when pushed towards the board; switches are OPEN when
pulled away from the board.

77615A/77625A:
For SONOS 4500/5500 (77615A/77625A):

5500/7500
Cabling
cable Rear

Power 8120-4456CP: Power Cable, For NTSC: from printer’s AC IN port to 115V
SONOS 4500/ Installation Parts for Side Mounted 77615A and 77625A
5500/7500
Installation
Parts
77616A/26A/17A/27A Panasonic MD-835 VCR: Quick Page
19 77616A/26A/17A/27A Panasonic MD-835

VCR
Quick Page Supplies

AUDIO OUT (left sw):MIX

AUDIO OUT (right sw):NORM
VIDEO INPUT:S-VIDEO
S-VHS REC MODE:AUTO
MENU:OFF
MODE LOCK:OFF
System Settings*
Default
Graphics PAL
OPEN for
NTSC
Clock Board Toggle Sets video format LEFT for PAL** SONOS 4500/
RIGHT for 5500 only
NTSC
tape for 66010/20
Aux Output
3 Controls color burst to VCR CLOSED
Note*: The ImagePoint Detector Board contains crystals for NTSC/PAL timing
(see page 499.)
Note**: Viewing board from top view in e-box.

SONOS 1800, 77616A/ M2409-60400: VCR cable (serial)
ImagePoint, & 77626A
ImagePoint Hx M2409-60290: VCR cable (parallel)
(ImagePoint Revision A.0 only)
SONOS 4500/5500 77617A/ 77922-64080: VCR video cable
77627A
77921-64040: VCR control cable (parallel)
77616A/26A/17A/27A Panasonic MD-835 VCR: Table of Contents for 77616A/26A/17A/27A MD-835 VCRs
Table of Peripheral Specific Information for 77616A/26A/17A/27A

77616A/26A/ Accessories & Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
17A/27A Repair Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
MD-835 VCRs VCR Parts Locator Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Error Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
System Specific Information for 77616A/26A/17A/27A
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
SONOS 4500/5500 System Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
SONOS 4500/5500 Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
77616A/26A/17A/27A Panasonic MD-835 VCR: Peripheral Specific Information for 77616A/26A/17A/27A

Specific Infor- Philips
mation for Ultrasound Exchange Manufacturer’s
77616A/26A/ Model No. Description Part No. Base Model No.
77616A VCR, Serial (NTSC) 77616-68000 AG-MD835P
17A/27A
77626A VCR, Serial (PAL) 77626-68000 AG-MD835E
77617A VCR, Parallel (NTSC) 77617-68000 AG-MD835P
77627A VCR, Parallel (PAL) 77627-68000 AG-MD835E
Description: Video Cassette Recorders

Manufacturer Model #: MD-835
NTSC - VSD9908M015S (used in conjunction with AG-MD830P Service Manual
VSD9403M246). Order from Panasonic.
PAL - VSD9912M618S (used in conjunction with AG-MD830E Service Manual
VSD9408M637). Order from Panasonic.
NTSC - VQT8094. PAL - VQT8400. Order from Panasonic.

Repair Parts
(purchased locally)
(purchased locally
VCR Parts Locator Diagram

Figure 19-1 VCR Parts - Top View
LOADING PULLEY & BELT
FRONT OF VCR
Ejecting a Video A video tape cassette can be manually ejected if there is an electrical fault that disables
Tape Cassette front loading & unloading.
Manually Perform the following steps to manually eject a video tape cassette (see Figure 19-2):
1. Remove power from the VCR.

2. Remove the VCR’s top cover, exposing the tape transport mechanism.
3. Rotate the loading motor pulley counter clockwise by hand (when viewed from front of VCR
as in Figure 19-2) until cassette is ejected (may require many turns).
WARNING The tape can become damaged when ejected manually since the video tape does not rewind
automatically as it is ejected. Use a wood pencil or similar non-metallic device to gently guide the
tape into the cassette as it is ejected.
4. Replace VCR’s top cover.

Figure 19-2 Ejecting a Video Tape Cassette Manually

DIRECTION TO ROTATE LOADING MOTOR PULLEY
TO EJECT VIDEO TAPE CASSETTE
LOADING BELT
LOADING PULLEY
LOADING MOTOR
VIDEO TAPE CASSETTE

LOADED AT FRONT OF VCR
(DASHED LINES)
FRONT OF VCR
Peripheral (Bold = correct setting for this VCR in any compatible Philips Ultrasound system)
Switch and VCR Front Panel Switch Settings
Menu Settings (located behind small access door on lower right front panel)
Philips
Ultrasound
Default
AUDIO Sets audio CH1 = channel 1 only MIX MIX = CH1 and CH2
OUT output MIX = both sent as stereo signals to
signals for the Headphones Jack,
(left switch) CH2 = channel 2 only
AUDIO AND are mixed into a
MON and mono signal and sent to
Headphones AUDIO MON port
outputs
AUDIO Selects Hi-Fi NORM During playback, audio
OUT which audio NORM level and meter are only
track on active when Hi-Fi
(right switch)
cassette is Audio is selected
sent to all
audio output
jacks
INPUT Sets input S-VIDEO = S-Video S-VIDEO
signal source port
LINE = Video port
Philips
Ultrasound
Default
S-VHS Sets format AUTO = signal will AUTO Set to OFF to record a
of recorded match tape VHS signal on an
S-VHS tape
signal OFF = always VHS
MENU Enables on SET = menu enabled OFF Move to SET to use
screen menu OFF = menu disabled menus
MODE Locks front ON = locked OFF Move to OFF to enable
LOCK panel OFF = unlocked front panel controls
controls (controls behind access
door are not affected)
NOTE Each switch has small push-in rubber stops which fit into the switch openings and help
lock each switch into its appropriate position. Any of the switch stops may be removed
in the event that an alternate switch setting is needed for a special application.
VCR On-Screen Display Procedure

To view and change the VCR internal function settings, perform the following procedure.
1 Press the VCR STOP button to set the VCR to the STOP mode.
2 Set the MENU switch behind the access door on the VCR front panel to SET.
Enables VCR on-screen menus to display on VCR tape counter.
NOTE In the MENU SET position, PLAY, REC, FAST FORWARD, and REW will not function.
3 Access the Test Menu on the ultrasound system.

For ImagePoint:
a. In normal imaging mode, press the SETUP key on the ultrasound system keyboard.
b. Press the MORE soft key to display more options, and then press the SHIFT key and
TEST soft key simultaneously to display the CE Test Menu.
For SONOS 4500/5500:
• In normal imaging mode, press the TEST key on the ultrasound system keyboard.
System monitor screen goes blank briefly and then displays the Test Menu.
4 Select “Other Tests & Utilities” on Test Menu and press the ENTER key on ultrasound system.
5 Select “Video Display Path Test” on Other Tests & Utilities menu and press the ENTER key on ultrasound sys-
tem.
System monitor screen goes blank briefly. VCR internal settings will now also appear on the system monitor.
6 Use the following controls on the front of the VCR to view, select, and change settings.
REC/PLAY (Page +/-): Select different menu pages.

FF/JOG Control (Shift V): Select individual settings; a flashing bar will highlight selection.
On the VCR tape ounter, the first four digits indicate individual
item and last two digits cycle through settings.
STOP/REW (Data +/-): Cycle through settings.

7 See the default VCR settings listed on page 489.
8 When finished, set VCR MENU switch to OFF, and press the ultrasound system RESET.
The VCR counter returns to normal tape counter display. The ultrasound system restarts and returns to the Test
Menu.
9 To return to normal imaging:

• For ImagePoint, select “Exit” from the Test Menu and press the ENTER key.
• For SONOS 4500/5500, press the TEST key.
The screen goes blank for several seconds and then returns to normal imaging mode.
VCR On-Screen Display of Internal Settings

(for all compatible VCRs, except where noted otherwise)
Philips Ultrasound (xx xx:xx)
VISS* REC 10 01:01
TAPE SELECT --T120 (MD83xP) 10 02:00
--E180 (MD83xE) 10 02:00
AUTO BACK ON 10 03:01

TAPE IN MODE STOP 10 04:00
TAPE END MODE STOP 10 05:00
REC TAPE END STOP 10 06:00
STBY OFF TIME (30 MIN) 10 07:02
HI-FI REC OFF 10 08:00
AUDIO DUB CH2 10 09:02
EDIT OFF 10 10:00
YC FILTER OFF 10 11:00
(MD83xP)
or
NOTCH (MD83xE) OFF 10 11:00
For Serial VCRs Only
(77615A #SER, 77625A #SER, 77616A, and 77626A)

Philips Ultrasound (xx xx:xx)
BIT LENGTH 8 BIT 30 01:01
STOP BIT STOP-1 30 02:00
PARITY NONE 30 03:02
BAUD RATE 9600 30 04:03
*VISS = VHS Index Search System

• All operations are shutdown.
described in the following table, then switch off power, disconnect power cable, and contact
the dealer immediately.
Error Codes
Error
E-2 Malfunction in elevator section The video cassette may not be loaded
E-3 Malfunction in loading section properly. Try switching power on and off.
E-4 Malfunction in cylinder section May be caused by a problem with the video
E-5 Malfunction in reel section cassette. Try switching power on and off. Try
replacing the video cassette.
E-6 Incorrect tape tension
E-7 Malfunction in solenoid Try switching power off and on.
“d” Dew Indicator Allow VCR to dry out.
Trouble-
shooting & Tips
No operation even when - Is the power switch ON?
operation button is - Has a cassette been loaded?
pressed - Is there a “d” on the monitor screen indicating condensation?*
- Is the Mode Lock Switch in OFF position?
No recording - Has the tape’s erasure tab been accidentally broken out?
- Is the INPUT selector in the correct position?
Noise appears on - Press Tracking Buttons and adjust
playback pictures
No repeat playback - Is the MEMORY (MEMO) button in the correct position?
- Has the counter has been reset?
- Is the VISS setting on VCR menu screen at OFF?
- Has an interval of at least 20 secs. been given between BEGIN and
END?
No VISS signal writing - Is the VISS setting on the menu screen at REC or REC/PAUSE?
(VHS Index Search - Has an interval of at least 30 secs. been given between VISS signals?
System)
No VISS signal writing - Is the VISS setting on the menu screen at REC or REC/PAUSE?
- Has an interval of at least 30 secs. been given between VISS signals?
*Condensation can form if either the VCR or the video cassette has been taken from a
cold place to a warm place. The VCR displays a “d” at the upper right of the system mon-
itor screen if the VCR contains condensation. If the unit has condensation, keep power
on to the VCR and wait until the “d” goes off.
Procedures considered in determining the frequency of PM:
• Clean video heads
• Clean tape paths
• Lubricate capstan shaft (Optional)

Cleaning the Takes approximately 1 to 1 1/2 hours.

VCR Video Tools Required: phillips head screwdriver; needle nose pliers; head cleaning stick,
Heads and Tape Panasonic p/n VFK27 (or soft cloth or Q-Tip: either purchased locally); head cleaning
Path fluid (ethyl-alcohol or cleaning liquid: either purchased locally).
1. Verify that the VCR lamps are lit.
2. Clean video heads:
a. Remove the VCR’s top cover, exposing the tape transport mechanism and video heads
assembly. (See Figure 19-1.)
b. Dampen head cleaning stick with video head cleaning solution.
c. Gently position head cleaning stick against entire upper cylinder, while slowly rotating
counter clockwise. Do not rub vertically. Do not apply excessive pressure to remove
contaminants, but rather, continue to rotate gently, allowing time to dissolve the contam-
inants. (See Figure 19-3.)
3. Clean the video tape path: using the same cleaning solution and tool as in step 2, clean the
entire tape path so that contaminants will not be transported to the video heads.
4. Before reinstalling the VCR cover, ensure all connectors are properly seated.
5. Verify position of front and rear switches listed in “Peripheral Switch and Menu Settings” on
page 485.
Figure 19-3 Cleaning Cylinder Unit

Lubricating the Takes approximately 1/2 hour.

Capstan Shaft Tools Required: phillips head screwdriver and VFK0131 oil (Panasonic p/n).
1. Remove power from VCR.
2. Remove the VCR’s top cover, exposing the tape transport mechanism and video heads
assembly (See Figure 19-1).
3. Remove the Pressure Roller Unit and the Thrust Screw.
4. Apply two drops of oil (VFK0131 or a high quality Spindle Oil) to the top of the Capstan
Shaft as shown in Figure 19-4.
5. Turn the Thrust Adjustment Screw slowly clockwise until the Capstan Rotor just starts turn-
ing (separate from the Capstan Stator).
6. Turn the Thrust Adjustment Screw another 180° clockwise as shown in Figure 19-5.
7. Reinstall the Thrust Screw and the Pressure Roller Unit.
8. Wipe off any extra oil.
Figure 19-4 Top of Capstan Shaft
Figure 19-5 Thrust Adjustment Screw

77616A/26A/17A/27A Panasonic MD-835 VCR: System Specific Information for 77616A/26A/17A/27A
System
Specific Infor-
mation for
77616A/26A/
17A/27A
Compatibility 77616A/77626A:
List SONOS 1800
ImagePoint
ImagePoint Hx
77617A/7727A
SONOS 4500/5500 - Side Mount
SONOS 1800/ NOTE The following settings are for serial VCR models 77616A and 77626A.
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx DIP Switches on System PCBs
System Settings Processor Graphics Board Switch Settings

Detector Board*



(OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)a
Default
b
on RGB Aux Output
OPEN = loopback
enabled
OPEN = colorburst
always enabled
Notea: Switches on the Video I/O board are numbered visibly. Switch orientation is as
Noteb: RGB Aux is normally not accessible on M2410B, M2410A, and M2408A
systems.

77616A/77626A:
Select “MD835/30 Ser” for VCR in system's OPTIONS menu (CE TEST MENU, OTHER
TESTS & UTILITIES, OPTIONS). Select “MD-830” for ImagePoint systems earlier than
rev. B.1.
NOTE Note:Parallel VCRs are not compatible with SONOS 1800. ImagePoint A.0 systems
use parallel VCRs: models 77617A/77627A can be used to replace 77615A/77626A
parallel VCRs. ImagePoint A.1 revision and greater use serial VCRs.

ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
Video Signal M2409-60400: VCR cable (serial) From Internal IOI Assembly VCR port to
Cabling
VCR rear panel (includes cable from SER 1
to RS-232C connector on VCR).
M2409-60290: VCR cable From Internal IOI Assembly VCR port to
(parallel) VCR rear panel (includes 34 pin rectangular
connector to parallel VCR).
Power 8120-2572: Power Cable From VCR’s AC IN port to 115V power
strip in cart for NTSC, or to 220V/240V
power strip in cart for PAL.
SONOS 4500/ NOTE The following settings are for parallel VCR models 77617A and 77627A.
5500 System
Settings DIP Switches on System PCBs
Processor Graphics Board Switch Settings


Default
Default
non-interlaced video on OPEN = non-interlaced video boards
RGB Aux Output
OPEN = loopback enabled
OPEN = colorburst always
enabled
Note*: Switches on the Video I/O board are numbered visibly. Switch orientation is as

77617A/77627A:
For SONOS 4500/5500 (77617A/77627A):

5500 Cabling
cable Rear

Power 8120-4456: Power Cable, For NTSC: from printer’s AC IN port to 115V
8120-1579: Power Cable, PAL For PAL: from printer’s AC IN port to 220V/
240V power strip in cart.
SONOS 4500/ Installation Parts for Side Mounted 77617A and 77627A
5500 Instal-
lation Parts
: Contents
Appendix A Systems Information

Contents Peripheral Compatibility Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-2
SONOS 100A/B/CF/200/IVUS System Information
SONOS 100A/B/CF/200/IVUS DIP Switches on System PCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
SONOS 100A/B/CF/200/IVUS Blank Panels & Generic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR System Information
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR DIP Switches on System PCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR Blank Panels & Generic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
Printer Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
SONOS 2000/2500 System Information
SONOS 2000/2500 DIP Switches on System PCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-15
SONOS 2000/2500 Blank Panels & Generic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-16
Printer Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17
8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 System Information
8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 DIP Switches on System PCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-17
8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 Blank Panels & Generic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19
Printer Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx System Information
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx DIP Switch Settings on System PCBs A-20
SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx Blank Panels & Generic Parts . . . . . . A-23
: Peripheral Compatibility Chart
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 System Information

SONOS 4500/5500/7500 DIP Switches on System PCBs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-24
SONOS 4500/5500/7500 Blank Panels & Generic Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-27
Peripheral
Compatibility
Chart
SONOS SONOS
SONOS 500/ SONOS 8500GP/ ImagePoint 4500/
SONOS 100CF 1000/ 2000 PHILIPS /SONOS 5500/ ImagePoint
100B /200 1500/OR /2500 SD800 IVUS 1800 7500 Hx
Philips 77010C 77020A,
Model MFG Model CF, CK, 25, 30, M2412/ M2410A/
No. No. 77010 CU 35, 40 M2406 SD800 M2400 M2408A M2424A M2410B
VCRs
77611A/ AG-6300/6200 X X X
77621A
77612A/ AG-7300/7330 X X X X
77622A
77613A/ AG-7350/50E X X X X X
77623A
77615A/ AG-MD830P/E X X X5 X
77625A
SONOS SONOS
100B /200 1500/OR /2500 SD800 IVUS 1800 7500 Hx
77615A AG-MD830P/E X X
#SER/
77625A
#SER
77616A/ AG-MD835P/E X7 X
77626A
77617A/ AG-MD835P/E X7 X
77627A
SONOS SONOS
100B /200 1500/OR /2500 SD800 IVUS 1800 7500 Hx
DSRs
77450A/ X X
77450B
77450C X X6 X6
77460A X
PRINTERS: s = side mount, f = front mount, b = bench mount
77510A Kowa fb fb fb
77530A/ UP-3000/P f fb f f
77535A
77530B/ UP-1850MD/P f f f fs f f f
77535B
77530D UP-2950MD f f f
77530E UP-21MD/SYN f
77550A/ UP-5000/P fb f 1
f
77555A
77550B UP-5200 fb f f f
77550C/ UP-5600MD/ f f f2 b2 f f2 b2
77555C MDP
SONOS SONOS
100B /200 1500/OR /2500 SD800 IVUS 1800 7500 Hx
77550D UP-51MDU f
77560A/ UP-870/860 f f fs s f fs
77565A
77560B UP-890MD f f fs s f f fs f
77560C UP-895MD f fs f
77570A/ MITSUBISHI f fb
77570B
77580A/ UP-910/P f f f f
77585A
77580B UP-960MD f fb fb
SONOS SONOS
100B /200 1500/OR /2500 SD800 IVUS 1800 7500 Hx
CAMERAS AND NETWORK DEVICES
77523A APECT X
77544A/ IIE 460 X3 X5 X
77545A
77546A NT100 X5 X
77470A DNI X4 X
1. 77550A is not compatible with the 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 system.
2. 77555C is not compatible with ImagePoint, ImagePoint Hx, or SONOS 1800. 77550C is not compatible with SONOS 1800.
3. 77544A/45A not compatible with 8500GP system.
4. Revision B.2 software required for 77470A.
5. VCRs 77615A/25A, IIE 460 Camera 77544A/545A, and NT100 Network Device 77546A are NOT compatible with the SONOS
1800 system.
6. Concerning the 4X Magneto Optical Disk Drive in ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx and SONOS 1800 or 5500/7500 systems, its part
number is 0950-3033. It is NOT 77450C, this includes mounting hardware that is only required on SONOS 2000/2500 systems.
7. For ImagePoint A.0 systems, 77617A/77627A can replace parallel versions of 77615A/77625A. ImagePoint revision A.0 systems
use parallel VCRs, while ImagePoint revision A.1 or higher systems use serial VCRs. 77617A/77627A VCRs not compatible with
SONOS 1800.
: SONOS 100A/B/CF/200/IVUS System Information
SONOS 100A/
B/CF/200/
IVUS System
Information
SONOS 100A/B/ No dip switches for peripherals in this system.
CF/200/IVUS
SONOS 100A/B/CF/200/IVUS Blank Panels & Generic Parts
DIP Switches on
System PCBs Description Part Number & Comments
Rubber Pads: 77922-80280
5.25" Blank Panel: 77901-00340 (Thumb latches are included.)
7" Blank Panel: 77901-00350 (Thumb latches are included.)
: SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR System Information
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
System
Information
SONOS 500/ Processor Graphics Board on SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR
1000/1500/OR 2 DIP Switch Banks: 1-8 on left bank, 9-16 on right bank
DIP Switches on (ON is labelled on switch, ON = UP = Toward LED edge of board)
System PCBs Switch Function Comments
4 ON for Aspect or Matrix, Combination of switches 4, 5
OFF for Color Sony or none. & 9 determines trigger format
5 ON for Aspect or Sony 5000, 5200 or 5600, for CAMERA button.*
OFF for Matrix, Sony 3000 or 1850.
9 (1st switch ON for Sony 3000 or 1850,
in 2nd bank) OFF for other printers.
*The trigger signal from the CAMERA button will travel through the RGB INTERNAL
Switches 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 8, and 10 through 16 do not directly affect system peripherals and
therefore are excluded from this manual. See system service manuals or quick reference
guides for more information.
Video I/O Board on SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR

1 DIP Switch Bank: (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)
Switch Function Comments
4 Enables colorburst to peripheral: For peripherals connected to the
OPEN for B/W*, white BW/COL. CAMERA wire of the
CLOSED for color peripherals. E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
INTERNAL port.
5 Determines signal format for RGB AUX: For color printers connected to the
CLOSED = RGB, OPEN = Betacam. System I/O Panel’s
6 Sets sync signal for RGB AUX: AUX R,G, B, and Sync ports
CLOSED = normal (sync wire), (benchtop).
7 Changes R, G, B & Sync signals on

8 Changes R, G, B & Sync signals on For color printers connected
RGB INTERNAL to STMPE standard: to the E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s
CLOSED = 1V p-p, OPEN = 0.7V p-p. RGB INTERNAL port.
place of colors.
Switches 1, 2, and 3 do not affect system printers (see page A-21).
SONOS 500/ Controller Processor Board in SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR

1000/1500/OR 1 DIP Switch Bank: (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)
DIP Switches on Switch Function Comments
System PCBs
3 OPEN = TM/Frame PCB present, Kowa uses TM/Frame PCB.
(continued)
CLOSED = TM/Frame PCB absent.
5 CLOSED for B/W Printer, Determines trigger format
OPEN for no B/W printer. for FRAME button.*

6 OPEN = Honeywell present, Ignored if switch 5 is CLOSED.
CLOSED = Kowa present.
* The trigger signal from the FRAME button will travel through the RGB INTERNAL port,
Switches 1, 4, 7, and 8 do not affect system peripherals and therefore are excluded from
this manual. See system service manuals or quick reference guides for more information.
Switch 2 does not affect system printers, and is therefore excluded from this edition of
this manual. It will be included in the next release, when VCRs are included.
SONOS 500/
1000/1500/OR
Description Part Number & Comments
Blank Panels &
Dress Screws: 77020-20040
Generic Parts
Tinnerman nuts: 0590-0804: 10-32
1.75" Blank Panel, mint gray: 00511-00019
3.5" Blank Panel, parchment white: 77920-03870
5.25" Blank Panel, parchment 77020-00170
white:
7" Blank Panel, parchment white: 77100-00970
8.75" Blank Panel, parchment 77100-00980
white:
Printer Cable Internal Video Cable: 77100-64103 and associated parts,

used in SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR and SONOS 2000/2500 systems
FRAME TRIGGER SIGNAL

D15 connector goes to
RGB INTERNAL port Gray “FRAME” wire goes to REMOTE port
on E-box E-Box Rear I/O Panel. on small b/w or large b/w printers, using
BNC Barrel adapter 1250-0080 and
printer control cable 77530-64010; or
goes to System I/O Panel’s PRINT port*
using right angle BNC adapter 1250-0076.
REDINT COLOR SIGNALS

GRNINT Red, green, blue, and black (sync) wires
go to R, G, B, & S ports on color printers.
BLUINT
CSYNCINT
BW/COL.CAM VIDEO SIGNAL

White “BW/COL. CAMERA” wire goes to
VIDEO IN port on small b/w or large b/w printers.
(A BNC Barrel Adapter 1250-0080 and a four foot
BNC cable 8120-1840 are sometimes used.)
CAMERA TRIGGER SIGNAL

Yellow “CAMERA” wire goes to CONTROL or REMOTE 2 port
on 77530A, 35A, 30B, or 35B printer using Barrel Adapter 1250-0080
and printer control cable 77530-64010; or to System I/O Panel’s
PRINT port* using Barrel Adapter 1250-0080, four foot BNC
cable 8120-1840, and right angle BNC adapter 1250-0076.
Large color printers (77550A, 55A, 50B, 50C, or 55C) get the trigger signal from an RS-232 cable.
In addition to the trigger signal, 2 way communication is available with the RS-232 cable.
* This port is not available on SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR systems. 7ASW024
: SONOS 2000/2500 System Information
SONOS 2000/
2500 System
Information
SONOS 2000/ Processor Graphics Board in SONOS 2000/2500
2500 DIP Unlike the SONOS 1000 line, the PG board in the SONOS 2000/2500 line does not have
Switches on any switches that directly affect system peripherals.
System PCBs Video I/O Board on SONOS 2000/2500

CLOSED for B/W*, white BW/COL. CAMERA wire of the
OPEN for color peripherals. E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB INTERNAL
port.
5 Determines signal format for RGB For color printers connected to the
AUX: System I/O Panel’s
CLOSED = RGB, OPEN = Betacam. R,G, B, and Sync ports
6 Sets sync signal for RGB AUX: (benchtop).
CLOSED = normal (sync wire)
: SONOS 2000/2500 System Information

place of colors.
SONOS 2000/
2500 Blank
Panels &
Generic Parts
Tinnerman nuts: 0535-0093
3.5" Blank Panel above DSR, glacier 77450-00652
gray:
3.5" Blank Panel, gray: 77921-07761
5.25" Blank Panel, gray: 77921-07762
7" Blank Panel, gray: 77921-07763
8.75" Blank Panel, gray: 77921-07764
: 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 System Information
Printer Cable See “Printer Cable” on page A-13.
8500GP/
PHILIPS
SD800 System
Information
8500GP/ Processor Graphics Board in 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800
PHILIPS SD800 The PG board in the 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 line does not have any switches that
DIP Switches on directly affect system peripherals.
System PCBs Video I/O Board in 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800

OPEN for B/W*, white BW/COL. CAMERA wire of the
CLOSED for color peripherals. E-Box Rear I/O Panel’s RGB
INTERNAL port.

5 Determines signal format for RGB For color printers connected to the
AUX: System I/O Panel’s
CLOSED = RGB, OPEN = Betacam. R,G, B, and Sync ports
6 Sets sync signal for RGB AUX: (benchtop).
CLOSED = normal (sync wire)
place of colors.
8500GP/
PHILIPS SD800
Blank Panels &
Generic Parts
Tinnerman nuts: 0535-0093
For Side Mounted Peripherals:
If nothing is in the side garage (no Use Blank Panel: 77960-00402, 1 Bracket:
printer or VCR).: 77960-00380, and 2 screws: 2510-0194 for Bracket to
controller top. (Blank Panel has embedded screws.)
For Front Mounted Peripherals:
Peripheral Strap: 77960-80600
Rear Access Hatch: 77960-00140 (Thumb latches are included.)
Edge Protector for Access Hatch: 0400-0133
Printer Cable Internal Video Cable 77960-64021, or its long version 77960-64022, is used for most
printer connections. Its functions, connections, and associated parts are identical to the
SONOS 2000/2500 cable 77100-64103, shown on page A-13, except that the wire labels
are different: the gray “TRIGGER 2” wire carries a trigger signal and connects the same
as the gray “FRAME” wire on the 2000/2500 cable, the color signals wires are the same,
the gray “B/W COMPOSITE” wire carries a video signal and connects the same as the
white “BW/COL. CAMERA” wire, and the yellow “TRIGGER 1” wire carries a trigger sig-
nal and connects the same as the yellow “CAMERA” wire. Not as many printers are com-
patible with the 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800 line.
: SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx System Information
SONOS 1800/
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint
Hx System
Information
SONOS 1800/ Processor Graphics Board in SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
DIP Switch
Settings on
System PCBs Detector Board*


Video I/O Board in SONOS 1800/ImagePoint/ImagePoint Hx

1 DIP Switch Bank: (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)c
Default
1 Sets background CLOSED = black CLOSED For 66010 &
level on video tape OPEN = gray 66020 video
boards
Selects interlaced or CLOSED = interlaced CLOSED For 66030 &
non-interlaced video on OPEN = non-interlaced 66040 video
RGB Aux Outputb boards
2 Enables loopback CLOSED = loopback CLOSED For field and

mode disabled factory
OPEN = loopback enabled loopback test
OPEN = colorburst is
always on
4 Sets type of video CLOSED = Color (when OPEN See note
supplied to peripheral system in Color mode); B/ below.a
connected to Video 1 W (when system not in
signal on Internal IOI Color mode).
Assembly, right port. OPEN = B/W always
Default
5 Enables Beta CAM CLOSED = RGB CLOSED
(component: R-Y, B-Y, Y) OPEN = BETACAM
video on RGB AUX
outputb
6 Adds sync to green Aux CLOSED = normal CLOSED sync on green
outputb (no sync on video) (OPEN) for
OPEN = sync on green troubleshooting
using 3rd party
monitors
7 RGB Auxb Changed to CLOSED = 1V p-p OPEN Required for
SMPTE std. = 0.7V p-p OPEN = 0.7V p-p some
peripherals
8 RGB Int changed to CLOSED = 1V p-p OPEN Required for
SMPTE std. = 0.7V p-p OPEN = 0.7V p-p some
peripherals
a. The OPEN setting (B/W signal) should be used for B/W printers. The OPEN setting produces a B/W
image with shades of gray in place of colors. If it is set to CLOSED (color composite signal) a print of
an image with color will print B/W with cross hatch lines in place of colors.
b. RGB Aux is normally not accessible on M2410B, M2410A, and M2408A systems. It is available at pins
on “Aux Video/Trigger 2” connector on the Internal IOI Assembly, but pins are not used on produc-
tion systems.
c.Switches on the Video I/O board are numbered visibly. Switch orientation is as follows: switches are
CLOSED when pushed towards the board; switches are OPEN when pulled away from the board.
SONOS 1800/
ImagePoint/
ImagePoint Hx
Peripheral Shelf Assembly: M2409-80440 (Comes with rails.)
Blank Panels &
Generic Parts
Peripheral Strap for 77530D & 77922-80290
77550C:
VCR Tray: M2409-00660
Storage Liner: (Blank VCR panel.) M2409-80430 (Takes the place of the VCR if no VCR is
present.)
: SONOS 4500/5500/7500 System Information
SONOS 4500/
5500/7500
System
Information
SONOS 4500/ Processor Graphics Board Switch Settings
5500/7500 DIP
Switches on
System PCBs

Note*:When viewing clock board from top view of e-box. Toggle switch is located approx-
imately near the top middle of the PCB.
Video I/O Board on SONOS 4500/5500/7500

1 DIP Switch Bank: (OPEN is labelled on switch, OPEN = Away from board)c
Default
1 Sets background CLOSED = black CLOSED For 66010 &
level on video tape OPEN = gray 66020 video
boards
Selects interlaced or CLOSED = interlaced CLOSED For 66030 &
non-interlaced video on OPEN = non-interlaced 66040 video
RGB Aux Outputb boards
2 Enables loopback CLOSED = loopback CLOSED For field and

mode disabled factory
OPEN = loopback enabled loopback test
OPEN = colorburst is
always on
4 Sets type of video CLOSED = Color (when OPEN See note below.a
supplied to peripheral system in Color mode); B/
connected to Video 1 W (when system not in
signal on Internal IOI Color mode).
Assembly, right port. OPEN = B/W always
Default
5 Enables Beta CAM CLOSED = RGB CLOSED
(component: R-Y, B-Y, OPEN = BETACAM
Y) video on RGB AUX
outputb
6 Adds sync to green Aux CLOSED = normal CLOSED sync on green
outputb (no sync on video) (OPEN) for
OPEN = sync on green troubleshooting
using 3rd party
monitors
7 RGB Auxb Changed to CLOSED = 1V p-p OPEN Required for some
SMPTE std. = 0.7V p-p OPEN = 0.7V p-p peripherals
Default
8 RGB Int changed to CLOSED = 1V p-p OPEN Required for some
SMPTE std. = 0.7V p-p OPEN = 0.7V p-p peripherals
a. The OPEN setting (B/W signal) should be used for B/W printers. The OPEN setting produces a B/W
image with shades of gray in place of colors. If it is set to CLOSED (color composite signal) a print of
an image with color will print B/W with cross hatch lines in place of colors.
b. RGB Aux is normally not accessible on M2410B, M2410A, and M2408A systems. It is available at pins
on “Aux Video/Trigger 2” connector on the Internal IOI Assembly, but pins are not used on produc-
tion systems.
c. Switches on the Video I/O board are numbered visibly. Switch orientation is as follows: switches are
CLOSED when pushed towards the board; switches are OPEN when pulled away from the board.
SONOS 4500/
5500/7500 Blank
Panels &
For Front Mounted Peripherals:
Generic Parts
Peripheral Shelf: 77922-69050 (Comes with rails.)
For Side Mounted Peripherals:
If nothing is in the side garage Use Blank Panel: 77960-00402, 1 Bracket: 77960-00380, and 2
(no printer or VCR).: screws: 2510-0194 for Bracket to controller top. (Blank Panel
has embedded screws.)
:
Appendix B Installation Pictures

Complicated installations involving many parts are presented in pictures in this chapter.
Simpler installations that don’t involve a lot of parts are not pictured. There are no pic-
tures for installation into SONOS 100A, B, CF/200/IVUS, or SONOS 1800/ImagePoint
systems, or for front mount installation into SONOS 5500/7500 since these are simple
shelf mountings. There are no pictures for installation of the 77570A/B (Mitsubishi) print-
ers because none were available at the time of printing. Use the following table to find the
proper picture.
SONOS
500/ 8500GP/ 8500GP/
1000/ SONOS SONOS PHILIPS PHILIPS SONOS
1500/OR 2000/2500 2000/2500 SD800 SD800 5500/7500
Front Front Side Front Side Side
Mount Mount Mount Mount Mount Mount
77510A Figure B-6 Figure B-6
Kowa on page B-4 on page B-4
77530A/ Figure B-7 Figure B-7
35A on page B-5 on page B-5
UP-3000/P
:
SONOS
500/ 8500GP/ 8500GP/
1500/OR 2000/2500 2000/2500 SD800 SD800 5500/7500
Figure B-8 Figure B-8 Figure B-9 Figure B-13
on page B-6 on page B-6 on page B-7 on
77530B/ page B-12
35B See note
UP-1850M below
D/EPM picture.
No picture. Figure B-10 No picture.
See second on page B-8 (Only
77550A/ note below 77555A is
55A Figure B-10 compatible.)
UP-5000/P on page B-8
77550B Figure B-10 Figure B-10 No picture.
UP-5200M on page B-8 on page B-8
D
77550C/ Figure B-11 Figure B-11 Figure B-9
55C on on on page B-7
UP-5600M page B-10 page B-10
D/MDP
:
SONOS
500/ 8500GP/ 8500GP/
1500/OR 2000/2500 2000/2500 SD800 SD800 5500/7500
77560A/ Figure B-12 Figure B-12 Figure B-13 Figure B-13 Figure B-13
65A on on on on on
UP-870M page B-11 page B-11 page B-12 page B-12 page B-12
D/860
77560B Figure B-12 Figure B-12 Figure B-13 Figure B-13 Figure B-13
UP-890M on on on on on
D page B-11 page B-11 page B-12 page B-12 page B-12
77580A/ Figure B-13 Figure B-14
85A on on
UP-910/P page B-12 page B-13
:
Figure B-6 Front-mounting 77510A (Kowa) Stripchart Recorder on SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR,

or SONOS 2000/2500
Power Switch
Cover
4 Screws
(To cart with 4 4 Nuts (For
tinnerman nuts) embedded screws)
2 Rails
4 Screws
2 Clips
Tray
Front
Stiffener goes side to side across Tray floor, Panel
beneath Kowa, attaches with double faced tape. 4 Dress Screws
(To cart with 4 tinnerman nuts)
300e080
:
Figure B-7 Front-mounting 77530A/35A (UP-3000/P) printer on SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR, or

SONOS 2000/2500
Right Side
2 Rear Screws Bracket
4 Tinnerman Nuts 2 Rack Slides
(Slotted ends
at rear)
2 Rails
2 Front Screws
Left Side
Bracket
4 Screws
Attach Front Panel’s captured screws 4 Nuts (For
to cart with tinnerman nuts embedded
Front Panel
screws) 300e078
(Notch on bottom)
NOTE Early SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR systems required the use of a transformer with this
printer. This transformer is not shown in the picture. It mounts on weld nuts in the
rails, behind the printer.
:
Figure B-8 Front-mounting 77530B/35B (UP-1850MD/EPM) printer on SONOS 500/1000/1500/

OR, or SONOS 2000/2500
4 Tinnerman Nuts
2 Rear
Right
Screws
Rail
4 Nylon
Rivets 2 Right Side Screws
CAUTION: Damage to
Printer if screw is
2 Brackets longer than 3/8"
2 Screws
2 Grommets Mounting
Left Rail Tray
2 Nuts
2 Front
Screws
Attach Mounting Tray to cart 2 Locking Pins

with dress screws and tinnerman nuts
2 Left Side Screws

300e094
NOTE Early SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR systems required the use of a Transformer with this
:
Figure B-9 Front-mounting 77530B/35B (UP-1850MD/EPM) or 77550C/55C (UP-5600MD/MDP)

printer on 8500GP/PHILIPS SD800
Color Printer
Mounting Tray
(Attach to sides
of printer with
4 screws; attach
to Rails with 2
screws)
Left and Right Rails
(Holes toward rear;
attach to cart with
4 screws and
4 tinnerman nuts)
411e001-JVM
:
Figure B-10 Front-mounting 77550A/55A (UP-5000/P) printer on SONOS 2000/2500 or 77550B

(UP-5200MD) printer on SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR, or SONOS 2000/2500
2 Rear Screws
4 Tinnerman Nuts
Right Side
Bracket
2 Front 2 Locking
Screws Pins
2 Nuts
2 Brackets
2 Screws
2 Grommets
P-Clamp
(For securing
power cable)
2 Rails
Left Side
Bracket
2 Screws
6 Nuts Front Panel
(For (Narrow end
embedded 4 Screws on bottom)
screws) 4 Dress Screws (To
cart with 4 tinnerman
nuts)
300e079
:
NOTE SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR systems required the use of a Transformer with the
UP-5200 printer. This transformer is not shown in the picture. It mounts on weld nuts
in the rails, behind the printer.
NOTE Although it appears that the diagram above should apply to front-mounting a 77550A/
55A (UP-5000/P) printer on SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR, it does not. That configura-
tion uses a chassis and support tray (no side brackets) and clips for the chassis to the
rails, among other differences. There is no picture for front-mounting a 77550A/55A
into a SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR.
:
Figure B-11 Front-mounting 77550C/55C (UP-5600MD/MDP) printer on SONOS 500/1000/1500/

OR, or SONOS 2000/2500
2 Rear Screws
4 Tinnerman Nuts
Right
2 Front Bracket
Screws 2 Locking
Pins
2 Brackets
2 Screws
2 Grommets
2 Rails
Left Bracket
4 Nuts
Front Panel
(for
(Notch on bottom)
embedded
screws) 4 Screws 4 Dress Screws (To
cart with 4 tinnerman nuts)
300e095
NOTE SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR systems required the use of a Transformer with this
:
Figure B-12 Front-mounting small b/w printer on SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR, or SONOS 2000/
2500
Screw
Printer
Base
4 Screws
(To cart with 4 Screws
4 tinnerman nuts)
2 Rails Large Clamp
Small Clamp
Front
Panel
2 Clips
4 Screws
DSR/Physio 2 Ball
Tray Studs
DSR (If included)
4 Nuts 4 Dress Screws (To

(For cart with 4 tinnerman
embedded nuts)
300e082
screws)
printer. This transformer is not shown in the picture. It mounts on a separate set of
rails.
:
Figure B-13 Side-mounting small b/w printer and VCR on SONOS 2000/2500, 8500GP/PHILIPS
SD800, or SONOS 5500/7500.
6 Screws
VCR Small B/W

Printer
2 Screws
4 Screws
Pull Out
Tray
4 Screws
Front 6 Screws
4 Screws Peripheral
Panel Support Tray 6fjl006
2 Captured Screws
NOTE For side-mounting a 77530B/35B (UP-1850MD/EPM) printer on a 8500GP/PHILIPS

SD800 system, assembly is similar to the picture above, with the following differences:
the UP-1850MD/EPM printer takes the place of both VCR and small b/w printer,
attaches to pull out tray with 4 screws on the sides (2 each side), and the front panel
has one hole.
:
Figure B-14 Front-mounting 77580A/85A (UP-910) printer on SONOS 500/1000/1500/OR, or

SONOS 2000/2500
2 Rear Screws
4 Tinnerman Nuts
2 Rails
Right Bracket
2 Front Screws
2 Front
Left Panels
Bracket
4 Nuts
(For 4 Dress Screws
embedded (To cart with
screws) 4 tinnerman nuts)
4 Screws 300e083
(Washers are optional)

SONOS - Ultrasound - System - Peripherals - Service - Manual PRINTED

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SONOS - Ultrasound - System - Peripherals - Service - Manual PRINTED

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SONOS - Ultrasound - System - Peripherals - Service - Manual PRINTED

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What are the conventions used in this manual?

What are the conventions used in this manual?

What information is provided about customer assistance?

What information is provided about customer assistance?

About This Manual

All rights reserved

Copyright © 2003 by Philips Medical Systems

Conventions in The following conventions are used in this manual:

© 2003 Philips Electronics WARNING The cautions explain potential Important

Information provided in each chapter follows a standard outline:

System Specific Information:

2 77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder

Crucial Kowa Switch and Menu Settings

Back Panel Switches:

System Settings for Kowa

Kowa speed is set as follows:

Signal Cabling Part Numbers

NOTE There are no connections to the Kowa’s B and PG/PNT ports.

Table of Peripheral Specific Information for 77510A Kowa Stripchart Recorder

Peripheral Identifying Information

Accessories & Supplies

Figure 2-1 Paper Loading Instructions

Fuse, Holder: FEU031-1673-KWA

Paper Sensor: EE-SB5-KWA

Figure 2-2 Parts Diagram: Drive Motors and Belts

Belt for Rollers

Figure 2-3 Parts Diagram: Thermal Head and Power Supplies

C302 & C303 (Not Shown)

Thermal Head Replacement Procedure

e. Connect the cables to the rear of the new thermal head.

Removal of Jammed Paper

Error Handling Internal Test

Figure 2-5 Internal Power Supply

PS 301 PS 302 PS 303

+24V AC 106V AC 106V

Preventive At every system PM, the recorder should have a PM:

SONOS 500/ DIP Switches on System PCBs

Control Switch on Front Panel

Function Parts List From/To

Cabling for Bench Mounted Kowa

Function Parts List From/To

SONOS 500/ Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Kowa

Description (& qty) Part Number & Comments

Installation Parts for Bench Mounted Kowa

Description (& qty) Part Number & Comments

Description (& qty) Part Number & Comments

SONOS 2000/ DIP Switches on System PCBs

Function Parts List From/To

Cabling for Bench Mounted Kowa

SONOS 2000/ Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Kowa

Installation Parts for Bench Mounted Kowa

SONOS 5500 DIP Switches on System PCBs

Function Parts List From/To

Function Parts List From/To

Function Parts List From/To

Function Parts List From/To

SONOS 5500 Installation Parts for Internally Mounted Kowa

Installation Parts for Bench Mounted Kowa

Description (& qty) Part Number & Comments